For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009
Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 10-K

 

 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2009

Commission file number 1-15967

 

 

The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

 

Delaware   22-3725387
(State of incorporation)   (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
103 JFK Parkway, Short Hills, NJ   07078
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (973) 921-5500

 

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

Preferred Share Purchase Rights

 

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).     Yes  ¨    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer  x   Accelerated filer  ¨   Non-accelerated filer  ¨   Smaller reporting company  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨    No  x

As of June 30, 2009, the aggregate market value of all shares of Common Stock of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation outstanding and held by nonaffiliates* (based upon its closing transaction price on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape on June 30, 2009) was approximately $4.256 billion.

As of January 31, 2010, 50,998,069 shares of Common Stock of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation were outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for use in connection with its annual meeting of shareholders scheduled to be held on May 4, 2010, are incorporated into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 

 

* Calculated by excluding all shares held by executive officers and directors of the registrant. Such exclusions will not be deemed to be an admission that all such persons are “affiliates” of the registrant for purposes of federal securities laws.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

INDEX

 

          Page
PART I

Item 1.

  

Business

   3

Item 1A.

  

Risk Factors

   11

Item 1B.

  

Unresolved Staff Comments

   18

Item 2.

  

Properties

   18

Item 3.

  

Legal Proceedings

   19

Item 4.

  

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

   19
PART II

Item 5.

  

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

   20

Item 6.

  

Selected Financial Data

   22

Item 7.

  

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   25

Item 7A.

  

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

   67

Item 8.

  

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

   68
  

Consolidated Statement of Operations

   71
  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

   72
  

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

   73
  

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   74
  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   75

Item 9.

  

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

   137

Item 9A.

  

Controls and Procedures

   137
PART III

Item 10.

  

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

   138

Item 11.

  

Executive Compensation

   138

Item 12.

  

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

   138

Item 13.

  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

   138

Item 14.

  

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

   139
PART IV

Item 15.

  

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

   140
  

SIGNATURES

   141
  

Index to Exhibits

   142

 

2


Table of Contents

PART I

 

Item 1. Business

Overview

The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“D&B” or “we” or “our” or the “Company”) is the world’s leading source of commercial information and insight on businesses, enabling customers to Decide with Confidence® for over 168 years. Our global commercial database contains more than 150 million business records. The database is enhanced by our proprietary DUNSRight® Quality Process, which provides our customers with quality business information. This quality information is the foundation of our global solutions that customers rely on to make critical business decisions.

D&B provides solution sets that meet a diverse set of customer needs globally. Customers use D&B Risk Management Solutions™ to mitigate credit and supplier risk, increase cash flow and drive increased profitability; D&B Sales & Marketing Solutions™ to increase revenue from new and existing customers; and D&B Internet Solutions™ to convert prospects into clients faster by enabling business professionals to research companies, executives and industries.

Our Aspiration and Our Strategy

Our strategy reflects that D&B is a company that has been and remains committed to delivering Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”). To achieve this objective, we remain focused on three key drivers of TSR over time: revenue growth; margin expansion; and maintaining a disciplined approach to deploying our free cash flow. These have been the central drivers of our success, and they will remain the key areas of focus for us going forward. We continue to execute our strategy in the following ways:

 

   

First, we remain focused on the commercial marketplace and continuing to be the world’s largest and best provider of insight about businesses. This is reflected in our aspiration, which is “To be the most trusted source of commercial insight so our customers can Decide with Confidence®.”

 

   

Second, maintaining our fundamental competitive advantage in the market place (i.e. data quality), We will continue to improve our data quality through better coverage and we will provide new value to our customers by leveraging recent advances in technology.

 

   

Third, we will leverage our data assets to better enhance our products and services within our three solution sets: Risk Management Solutions business (“RMS”), Sales & Marketing Solutions business (“S&MS”) and Internet Solutions. To accomplish this, we will invest in a new technology platform that is scalable and far more agile, so we can meet emerging customer demands faster, and at a much lower cost over time.

 

3


Table of Contents

Our strategy relies on four core competitive advantages that support our commitment to driving TSR and our aspiration to be the most trusted source of commercial insight so our customers can Decide with Confidence®. These core competitive advantages include our:

 

   

Trusted Brand;

 

   

DUNSRight Quality Process;

 

   

Winning Culture; and

 

   

Financial Flexibility.

For the reasons described below, we believe that these core competitive advantages will continue to drive our growth and profitability going forward.

Trusted Brand

The D&B® brand dates back to the founding of our company in 1841. We believe that the D&B brand is unique in the marketplace, standing for trust and confidence in commercial insight; our customers rely on D&B and the quality of our brand when they make critical business decisions.

DUNSRight Quality Process

DUNSRight is our proprietary quality process that powers all of our customer solution sets and serves as our key strategic differentiator as a commercial insight company.

The foundation of our DUNSRight Quality Process is Quality Assurance, which includes over 2,000 separate automated and manual checks to ensure that data meets our high quality standards.

In addition, our five DUNSRight Quality Drivers work sequentially to enhance the data and make it useful to our customers in making critical business decisions.

The process works as follows:

 

   

Global Data Collection brings together data from a variety of sources worldwide;

 

   

We integrate the data into our database through our patented Entity Matching, which produces a single, more accurate picture of each business;

 

   

We apply the D-U-N-S® Number as a unique means of identifying and tracking a business globally throughout every step in the life and activity of the business;

 

   

We use Corporate Linkage to enable our customers to view their total risk or opportunity across related businesses; and

 

   

Finally, our Predictive Indicators use statistical analysis to rate a business’ past performance, to predict how a business is likely to perform in the future.

Winning Culture

Our culture is focused on developing strong leaders, because we believe that great leadership drives great results, improves customer satisfaction and helps increase TSR. To build such leadership, we have developed and deployed a consistent, principles-based leadership model throughout our Company.

Our leadership development process ensures that team member performance goals and financial rewards are linked to our strategy. In addition, we link a component of the compensation of each of our senior leaders to our overall financial results. Our leadership development process also enables team members, which include our management and employees, to receive ongoing feedback on their performance goals and on their leadership. All

 

4


Table of Contents

team members are expected to have personal leadership action plans that are focused on their own personal development, building on their leadership strengths and working on their areas of development.

We have a talent assessment process that provides a framework to assess and improve skill levels and performance across the organization and which acts as a tool to aid talent development and succession planning. We also administer an employee engagement survey that enables team members worldwide to provide feedback on areas that will improve their performance, drive customer satisfaction and evolve our winning culture.

Financial Flexibility

Financial Flexibility is an ongoing process that reallocates our spending from low-growth or low-value activities to activities that will create greater value for shareholders through enhanced revenue growth, improved profitability and/or quality improvements. We are committed through this process to examining how every dollar is spent, and optimizing between variable and fixed costs to ensure flexibility in changes to our operating expense base as we make strategic choices. This enables us to continually and systematically identify improvement opportunities in terms of quality, cost and customer experience. In executing our Financial Flexibility process we seek to improve, standardize, consolidate and automate our business functions.

Segments

We currently manage and report our business globally through two segments:

 

   

North America (which consists of our operations in the United States (“U.S.”) and Canada); and

 

   

International (which consists of our operations in Europe, Asia Pacific and Latin America).

As of January 1, 2009, we began managing our operations in Canada as part of our renamed “North America” segment (formerly our U.S. segment) and have reclassified our historical results set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to reflect this change. Prior to January 1, 2009, we reported the results of our Canadian operations together with our International segment.

North America. Our North America segment accounted for 78%, 79% and 81% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

International. We conduct business internationally through our wholly-owned subsidiaries, joint ventures that we hold a majority interest in, independent correspondents, strategic relationships through our D&B Worldwide Network® and minority equity investments. The International segment, which primarily represents revenue generated through our subsidiaries, accounted for 22%, 21% and 19 % of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Since 2000, we have entered into strategic relationships with strong local players throughout the world that we do not control and who have become part of our D&B Worldwide Network, operating under commercial agreements. Our D&B Worldwide Network enables our customers globally to make business decisions with confidence, because we incorporate data from the members of the D&B Worldwide Network that has been put through the DUNSRight Quality Process into our database and utilize it in our customer solutions. Our customers, therefore, have access to a more powerful database and global solution sets they can rely on to make their risk management, sales and marketing decisions. Over the last few years, we have strengthened our position in our International segment through majority-owned joint ventures in Japan, China and India.

In addition, we have from time-to-time, acquired complementary businesses, products and technologies. For example:

 

   

In 2007, we acquired First Research, Inc., Purisma Incorporated, AllBusiness.com, Inc. and substantially all of the assets of n2 Check Limited and substantially all of the assets and certain liabilities of the Education Division of Automation Research, Inc., d/b/a MKTG Services;

 

5


Table of Contents
   

In 2007, we established majority owned joint ventures in China with Huaxia International Credit Consulting Co. Ltd. and in Japan with Tokyo Shoko Research;

 

   

In 2008, we established majority-owned joint ventures in China with Beijing Huicong International Information Co., Ltd., and we increased our indirect minority ownership stake in Dun & Bradstreet Information Services India Private Limited (“D&B India”) to a 53% direct majority ownership; and

 

   

In 2009, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Bisnode’s UK operations and a 100% equity interest in Bisnode’s Irish operations (“ICC”), we acquired all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities related to Quality Education Data and we acquired a 90% equity interest in RoadWay International Limited (“RoadWay”), the leading provider of integrated services of direct marketing in China. As part of the RoadWay transaction, D&B Huaxia, our existing joint venture company with Huaxia in China, transferred its Sales & Marketing Solutions business to RoadWay.

Segment data and other information for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are included in Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Our Customer Solutions and Services

Risk Management Solutions

Risk Management Solutions is our largest customer solution set, accounting for 64%, 62% and 62% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Within this customer solution set we offer traditional and value-added solutions. Our traditional solutions, which includes our DNBi® Solution and also consists of reports from our database used primarily for making decisions about new credit applications, constituted 75% of our Risk Management Solutions revenue and 48% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our value-added solutions, which constituted 20% of our Risk Management Solutions revenue and 12% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009, generally support automated decision-making and portfolio management through the use of scoring and integrated software solutions. See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of trends in this customer solutions set.

On January 1, 2008, we began managing our Supply Management business as part of our Risk Management Solutions business. This is consistent with our overall strategy and also reflects customers’ needs to better understand the financial risk of their supply chain. As a result, the contributions of the Supply Management business are now reported as a part of Risk Management Solutions, as set forth above.

Our Risk Management Solutions help customers increase cash flow and profitability while mitigating credit, operational and regulatory risks by helping them answer questions such as:

 

   

Should I extend credit to this new customer?

 

   

What credit limit should I set?

 

   

Will this customer pay me on time?

 

   

How can I avoid supply chain disruption?

 

   

How do I know whether I am in compliance with regulatory acts?

Our principal Risk Management Solutions are:

 

   

DNBi, our interactive, customizable online application that offers our customers real time access to our most complete and up-to-date global DUNSRight information, comprehensive monitoring and portfolio analysis;

 

6


Table of Contents
   

Our Business Information Report, our Comprehensive Report, and our International Report, which provide overall profiles of a company, including, based on the report type, financial information, payment information, history of a business, ownership details, operational information and similar information;

 

   

Our Self Awareness Solutions, which allow our small business customers to establish, improve and protect their own credit;

 

   

Our decisioning scores, which help assess the credit risk of a business by assigning a rating or score; and

 

   

Supply Lifecycle Risk Management™, which is an online solution that allows customers to standardize their supplier registration and evaluation process by creating a single point of entry with consistent procedures.

Certain of our solutions are available on a subscription pricing basis, such as our Preferred Pricing Agreement with DNBi. Our subscription pricing plans, which continue to represent an increasing proportion of our revenue, provide increased access to our Risk Management reports and data to help customers increase their profitability while mitigating their risk.

Sales & Marketing Solutions

Sales & Marketing Solutions is our second-largest customer solution set accounting for 28% of our total revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Within this customer solution set we offer traditional and value-added solutions. Our traditional solutions generally consist of marketing lists, labels and customized data files used by our customers in their direct mail and marketing activities. These solutions constituted 40% of our Sales & Marketing Solutions revenue and 11% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009. Our value-added solutions generally include decision-making and customer information management solutions. These value-added solutions constituted 60% of Sales & Marketing Solutions revenue and 17% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009. See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of trends in this customer solutions set.

Our Sales & Marketing Solutions help customers increase revenue from new and existing customers by helping them answer questions such as:

 

   

Who are my best customers?

 

   

How can I find prospects that look like my best customers?

 

   

How can I exploit untapped opportunities with my existing customers?

 

   

How can I allocate sales force resources to revenue growth potential?

Our principal Sales & Marketing Solutions are:

 

   

Our solutions for Customer Data Integration, which are a suite of solutions that cleanse, identify, link and enrich customer information with our DUNSRight Quality Process. Our D&B Optimizer solution, for example, uses our DUNSRight Quality Process to transform customer prospects and files into up-to-date, accurate and actionable commercial insight, enabling a single customer view across multiple systems and touchpoints, such as marketing and billing databases and better enabling a customer to make sales and marketing decisions; and

 

   

Our Direct Marketing Lists, which benefit from our DUNSRight Quality Process to enable our customers to create an accurate and comprehensive marketing campaign.

 

7


Table of Contents

Internet Solutions

Our Internet Solutions business provides highly organized, efficient and easy-to-use products that address the online business intelligence needs of professionals and small businesses, including information on companies, industries and executives, integration tools that bring this information into the day-to-day workflow of our customers, and research and advice regarding starting up and managing a business.

Internet Solutions represent the results of our Hoover’s business, including both the First Research division and the AllBusiness.com division. Internet Solutions accounted for 7% of our total revenue for the each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. See Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion on trends in this customer solutions set.

Growth to our Internet Solutions business depends upon the development of improved and new products targeted to our primary customer segments, as well as the development of Internet products targeted to the needs of customer segments outside our core audience.

Hoover’s provides information on public and private companies, and on industries and executives, sales, marketing and research professionals worldwide. The database includes industry and company briefs, information on competitors, corporate financials, executive contact information, current news and research, family trees, and contact information including biographies. Hoover’s subscribers primarily access the data online via Hoover’s Online®.

First Research is a leading Internet provider of editorial-based industry insight, specifically tailored toward sales professionals. Through First Research, D&B has been able to enhance its Hoover’s solutions with deeper industry-specific content, providing sales professionals with higher quality data and more comprehensive insight.

AllBusiness.com is an online media and e-commerce company that leverages its proprietary publishing platform and a broad range of content to help users run their small businesses. AllBusiness.com operates one of the leading business information sites on the Internet. Its content helps professionals save time and money by addressing real-world business questions with practical solutions.

Our Internet Solutions help customers convert prospects to clients faster by helping them answer questions such as:

 

   

How do I identify prospects and better prepare for sales calls?

 

   

Who are the key senior-level decision makers?

 

   

How does the prospect compare to others in their industry?

Our principal Internet Solutions are:

 

   

Our subscription solutions delivered online through Hoover’s Online (such as “Researcher,” “Prospector,” “Relationship Manager,” “Executive,” and our First Research industry data solution) and via electronic data feeds;

 

   

Our advertising and e-marketing solutions provided through www.hoovers.com, www.AllBusiness.com, www.firstresearch.com and related Internet sites; and

 

   

Licensing of Hoover’s proprietary content to third-party content providers.

Our Sales Force

We rely primarily on our sales force of approximately 2,250 team members worldwide to sell our customers solutions, of which approximately 1,400 were in our North America segment and 850 were in our International segment as of December 31, 2009. Our sales force includes relationship managers and solution specialists who

 

8


Table of Contents

sell to our strategic and commercial customers, telesales teams, a team that sells to federal, state and local governments, and a team that sells to resellers of our solutions and our data. Our global sales force is also a source of competitive advantage, which allows us to go-to-market across three key customer segments. We identify these segments as strategic customers; commercial customers (or middle market in our International segment); and small businesses.

In 2009, we redesigned the “Go-To-Market” approach for our North America sales organization to increase performance and drive efficiencies. We reorganized the sales force, consolidated channels, reallocated accounts and simplified account teaming structures to get closer to our customers and to improve the efficiency of our sales force. We consolidated sales support functions, realigned around key industries in the strategic customer segment to increase cross-sell opportunities and account penetration, and will leverage telesales to drive new customer acquisition more efficiently. As a result of this reengineering initiative, we reduced the overall size of the North America sales force by approximately 10%.

Our Customers

We believe that different size customers have different needs and require different skill sets to service them. Accordingly, we have adopted a go-to-market sales strategy that focuses on distinct groups categorized internally as large customers, middle market customers and small business customers. Our principal customers within these groups are banks and other credit and financial institutions, manufacturers, wholesalers, retailers, government agencies, insurance companies and telecommunication companies, as well as sales, marketing and business development professionals. None of our customers accounted for more than 10% of our 2009 total revenue or of the revenue of our North American or International segments. Accordingly, neither we nor either of our segments is dependent on a single customer, such that a loss of any one would have a material adverse effect on our consolidated annual results of operations or the annual results of either of our segments.

Competition

We are subject to highly competitive conditions in all aspects of our business. However, we believe no competitor offers our complete line of solutions or can match our global data quality resulting from our DUNSRight Quality Process.

In North America, we are a market leader in our Risk Management Solutions business in terms of market share and revenue. We compete with our customers’ own internal business practices by continually developing more efficient alternatives to our customers’ risk management processes to capture more of their internal spend. We also directly compete with a broad range of companies, including consumer credit companies such as Equifax, Inc. and Experian Information Solutions, Inc. (“Experian”), which have traditionally offered primarily consumer information services, but now offer products that combine consumer information with business information as a tool to help customers make credit decisions with respect to small businesses.

We also compete in North America with a broad range of companies offering solutions similar to our Sales & Marketing Solutions. Our direct competitors in Sales & Marketing Solutions include companies such as Experian and infoGROUP (“infoUSA”).

In our Internet Solutions, Hoover’s competition varies based on the size of the customer and the level of spending available for services such as Hoover’s Online. On the high end of product pricing, Hoover’s Researcher, Hoover’s Prospector and Hoover’s Relationship Manager products compete with other business information providers such as infoUSA. New, less established entrants are also pursuing some of these same customers. On the lower end of product pricing, our Hoover’s Exec and Lite solutions mainly competes with advertising-supported Internet sites and other free or low-priced information sources, such as Yahoo! Finance and MarketWatch, Inc.

 

9


Table of Contents

Outside the U.S., the competitive environment varies by region and country. In Europe, our direct competition is primarily local, such as Experian in the United Kingdom (“UK”). In addition, we compete with certain companies such as Coface for cross border business. However, we believe we offer superior solutions when compared to these networks because of our DUNSRight Quality Process. In addition, the Sales & Marketing Solutions landscape is both localized and fragmented throughout Europe, where numerous local players of varying size compete for business.

In Asia, we face competition in our Risk Management Solutions business from a mix of local and global providers. For example, we compete with Sinotrust in China which is majority owned by Experian, with Teikoku Data Bank (“TDB”) in Japan and with Experian in India. In addition, as in Europe, the Sales & Marketing Solutions landscape throughout Asia is localized and fragmented.

We also face significant competition from the in-house operations of the businesses we seek as customers, other general and specialized credit reporting and business information services, and credit insurers. For example, in certain International markets, such as Europe, some credit insurers have identified the provision of credit information as an additional revenue stream. In addition, business information solutions and services are becoming more readily available, principally due to the expansion of the Internet, greater availability of public data and the emergence of new providers of business information solutions and services.

As discussed in “Our Aspiration and Our Strategy” above, we believe that our Trusted Brand, our DUNSRight Quality Process, our Winning Culture and our Financial Flexibility form a powerful competitive advantage.

Our ability to continue to compete effectively will be based on a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

   

Communicate and demonstrate to our customers the value of our products and services based upon our proprietary DUNSRight Quality Process and, as a result, improve customer satisfaction;

 

   

Maintain and develop proprietary information and services such as analytics (e.g., scoring) and sources of data not publicly available;

 

   

Leverage our brand perception and the value of our D&B Worldwide Network;

 

   

Maintain those third-party relationships on whom we rely for data and certain operational services; and

 

   

Attract and retain a high-performing workforce.

Intellectual Property

We own and control various intellectual property rights, such as trade secrets, confidential information, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents and applications therefor. These rights, in the aggregate, are of material importance to our business. We also believe that the D&B name and related trade names, marks and logos are of material importance to our business. We are licensed to use certain technology and other intellectual property rights owned and controlled by others, and other companies are licensed to use certain technology and other intellectual property rights owned and controlled by us. We consider our trademarks, service marks, databases, software, patents, patent applications and other intellectual property to be proprietary, and we rely on a combination of statutory (e.g., copyright, trademark, trade secret, patent, etc.) and contract and liability safeguards for protection thereof throughout the world.

Unless the context indicates otherwise, the names of our branded solutions and services referred to in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are trademarks, service marks or registered trademarks or service marks owned by or licensed to us or one or more of our subsidiaries.

We own patents and patent applications both in the U.S. and in other selected countries of importance to us. The patents and patent applications include claims which pertain to certain technologies which we have determined are proprietary and warrant patent protection. We believe that the protection of our innovative

 

10


Table of Contents

technology, especially technology pertaining to our proprietary DUNSRight Quality Process, through the filing of patent applications is a prudent business strategy, and we will continue to seek to protect those assets for which we have expended substantial capital. Filing of these patent applications may or may not provide us with a dominant position in the fields of technology. However, these patent applications may provide us with legal defenses should subsequent patents in these fields be issued to third parties and later asserted against us. Where appropriate, we may also consider asserting or cross-licensing our patents.

Employees

As of December 31, 2009, we employed approximately 5,000 team members worldwide, of which approximately 3,000 were in our North America segment and Corporate and approximately 2,000 were in our International segment. We believe that we have good relations with our employees. There are no unions in the North America segment. Works Councils and Trade Unions represent a portion of our employees in the European and Latin American operations of our International segment.

Available Information

We are required to file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Investors may read and copy any document that we file, including this Annual Report on Form 10-K, at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Investors may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site at www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC, from which investors can electronically access our SEC filings.

We make available free of charge on or through our Internet site (www.dnb.com) our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish the material to, the SEC. The information on our Internet site, on our Hoover’s Internet site or on our related Internet sites is not, and shall not be deemed to be, a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K or incorporated into any other filings we make with the SEC.

Organizational Background of Our Company

As used in this report, except where the context indicates otherwise, the terms “D&B,” “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our” refer to The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and our subsidiaries.

We were incorporated in 2000 in the State of Delaware. For more information on our history, including the various spin-offs leading to our formation and our becoming a public company in September 2000, see Note 13 in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Our business model is dependent upon third parties to provide data and certain operational services, the loss of which would materially impact our business and financial results.

We rely significantly on third parties to support our business model. For example:

 

   

We obtain much of the data that we use from third parties, including public record sources;

 

   

We utilize single source providers in certain countries that support the needs of our customers around the globe and rely on members of our D&B Worldwide Network to provide local data in countries in which we do not directly operate;

 

11


Table of Contents
   

We have also outsourced certain portions of our data acquisition, processing and delivery and customer service processes; and

 

   

We have outsourced various functions, such as our technology help desk and network management functions in the U.S. and the UK.

If one or more data providers were to experience financial or operational difficulties or were to withdraw their data, cease making it available, be unable to make it available due to changing industry standards, substantially increase the cost of their data, not adhere to our data quality standards, or be acquired by a competitor who would cause this to occur, our ability to provide solutions and services to our customers could be materially adversely impacted, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. Similarly, if one of our outsource providers, including third parties with whom we have strategic relationships, were to experience financial or operational difficulties, their services to us would suffer or they may no longer be able to provide services to us at all, having a material adverse effect on our business and financial results. We cannot be certain that we could replace our large third-party vendors in a timely manner or on terms commercially reasonable to us. In addition, if we change a significant outsource provider, an existing provider makes significant changes to the way they conduct their operations, or we seek to bring in-house certain services performed today by third parties, we may experience unexpected disruptions in the provision of our solutions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

Our business performance is dependent upon successful implementation and the ongoing operation of our recently announced two-year Strategic Technology Initiative, the failure of which could materially impact our business and financial results.

In February 2010, we announced an approximately two-year strategic technology initiative to be implemented at an aggregate cost of approximately $110 million to $130 million. We will rely in part on third-party providers to implement a new data supply chain and update our technology infrastructure and to thereafter run such operations both within D&B and from their own remote locations. We have started the detailed planning of this initiative and upon completion we expect that it will:

 

   

Simplify and re-architect our data supply chain in order to, among other things, supply intra-day updates;

 

   

Create a services layer to optimize access to our data for customers and third parties;

 

   

Consolidate our legacy products to provide fewer more impactful applications for customers;

 

   

Accelerate revenue growth in our North America segment upon the completion of the initiative; and

 

   

Significantly reduce our technology costs upon completion of the initiative.

In the event we fail to successfully develop the plan, and execute on the initiative, including hiring and retaining appropriate technology personnel, engage and manage third parties, re-architect our data supply chain, and simplify our product portfolio while migrating our customers to new products, and maintain such data and technology operations on an ongoing basis, we will not achieve our expected revenue acceleration or growth, or the anticipated cost savings from this initiative, and we could experience a significant competitive disadvantage in the marketplace, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

We face competition that may cause price reductions or loss of market share.

We are subject to competitive conditions in all aspects of our business. We compete directly with a broad range of companies offering business information services to customers. We also face competition from:

 

   

The in-house operations of the businesses we seek as customers;

 

   

Other general and specialized credit reporting and other business information services; and

 

   

Credit insurers.

 

12


Table of Contents

In addition, business information solutions and services are becoming more readily available, principally due to the expansion of the Internet, greater availability of public data and the emergence of new providers of business information solutions and services. Large Internet search engine companies can provide low-cost alternatives to data gathering and change how our customers perform key activities such as marketing campaigns. Such companies, and other third parties which may not be readily apparent today, may become significant low-cost competitors and adversely impact the demand for our solutions and services.

Weak economic conditions also can result in customers seeking to utilize free or lower-cost information that is available from alternative sources such as the Internet and European Commission-sponsored projects like the European Business Register. Intense competition could harm us by causing, among other things, price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share.

We are facing competition outside the U.S., and our competitors could develop an alternative to our D&B Worldwide Network.

We are also facing competition from consumer credit companies that offer consumer information solutions to help their customers make credit decisions regarding small businesses. In addition, consumer information companies are seeking to expand their operations more broadly into aspects of the business information space. While their presence is currently small in the business information market, given the size of the consumer market in which they play, they have scale advantages in terms of scope of operations and size of relationship with customers, which they can potentially leverage to an advantage.

Our ability to continue to compete effectively will be based upon a number of factors, including our ability to:

 

   

Communicate and demonstrate to our customers the value of our products and services based upon our proprietary DUNSRight Quality Process and, as a result, improve customer satisfaction;

 

   

Maintain and develop proprietary information and services such as analytics (e.g., scoring), and sources of data not publicly available, such as detailed trade data;

 

   

Demonstrate value through our decision-making tools and integration capabilities;

 

   

Leverage our brand perception and the value of our D&B Worldwide Network;

 

   

Continue to implement the Financial Flexibility component of our strategy and effectively reallocate our spending;

 

   

Obtain and deliver reliable and high-quality business information through various media and distribution channels in formats tailored to customer requirements;

 

   

Adopt and maintain an effective information technology infrastructure to support product delivery as customer needs and preferences change and competitors offer more sophisticated products;

 

   

Attract and retain a high-performance workforce;

 

   

Enhance our existing services and introduce new services; and

 

   

Improve our International business model and data quality through the successful management in our International segment of the members of our D&B Worldwide Network.

Our business performance might not be sufficient for us to meet the full-year financial guidance that we provide publicly.

We provide full-year financial guidance to the public which is based upon our assumptions regarding our expected financial performance. This includes, for example, assumptions regarding our ability to grow revenue, to grow operating income, to achieve desired tax rates and to generate cash. We believe that our financial

 

13


Table of Contents

guidance provides investors and analysts with a better understanding of our view of our near-term financial performance. Such financial guidance may not always be accurate, due to our inability to meet the assumptions we make and the impact on our financial performance that could occur as a result of the various risks and uncertainties to our business as set forth in these risk factors and in our public filings with the SEC or otherwise. If we fail to meet the full-year financial guidance that we provide or if we find it necessary to revise such guidance as we conduct our operations throughout the year, the market value of our common stock could be materially adversely affected.

We may lose key business assets or suffer interruptions in product delivery, including loss of data center capacity or the interruption of telecommunications links, the Internet, or power sources which could significantly impede our ability to do business.

Our operations depend on our ability, as well as that of third-party service providers to whom we have outsourced several critical functions, to protect data centers and related technology against damage from hardware failure, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, impacts of terrorism, breaches in security (such as the actions of computer hackers), natural disasters, or other disasters. The online services we provide are dependent on links to telecommunications providers. In addition, we generate a significant amount of our revenue through telesales centers and Internet sites that we use in the acquisition of new customers, fulfillment of solutions and services and responding to customer inquiries. We may not have sufficient redundant operations or change management processes in connection with our introduction of new online products or services to prevent a loss or failure in all of these areas in a timely manner. Any damage to our data centers, failure of our telecommunications links or inability to access these telesales centers or Internet sites could cause interruptions in operations that adversely affect our ability to meet customers’ requirements and materially adversely affect our business and financial results.

A failure in the integrity of our database could harm our brand and result in a loss of sales and an increase in legal claims.

The reliability of our solutions is dependent upon the integrity of the data in our global database. We have in the past been subject to customer and third-party complaints and lawsuits regarding our data, which have occasionally been resolved by the payment of money damages. A failure in the integrity of our database, whether inadvertently or through the actions of a third party, which may be on the rise, could harm us by exposing us to customer or third-party claims or by causing a loss of customer confidence in our solutions. In addition, we must continue to invest in our database to improve and maintain the quality, timeliness and coverage of the data contained therein if we are to maintain our competitive positioning in the marketplace.

Also, we have licensed, and we may license in the future, proprietary rights to third parties. While we attempt to ensure that the quality of our brand is maintained by the third parties to whom we grant non-exclusive licenses and by customers, they may take actions that could materially adversely affect the value of our proprietary rights or our reputation. In addition, it cannot be assured that these licensees and customers will take the same steps we have taken to prevent misappropriation of our data solutions or technologies.

Our brand and reputation are key assets and competitive advantages of our Company and our business may be affected by how we are perceived in the marketplace.

Our brand and its attributes are key assets of the Company. Our ability to attract and retain customers is highly dependent upon the external perceptions of our level of data quality, business practices and overall financial condition. Negative perceptions or publicity regarding these matters could damage our reputation with customers and the public, which could make it difficult for us to attract and maintain customers. Adverse developments with respect to our industry may also, by association, negatively impact our reputation, or result in higher regulatory or legislative scrutiny. Although we monitor developments for areas of potential risk to our reputation and brand, negative perceptions or publicity could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

 

14


Table of Contents

We rely on annual contract renewals for a substantial part of our revenue, and our quarterly results may be significantly impacted by the timing of these renewals or a shift in product mix that results in a change in the timing of revenue recognition.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue from annual customer contracts. If we are unable to renew a significant number of these contracts, our revenue and results of operations would be harmed. In addition, our results of operations from period-to-period may vary due to the timing of customer contract renewals. As contracts are renewed, we have, and may continue to experience, a shift in product mix underlying such contracts. This could result in the deferral of increased amounts of revenue into future periods as a larger portion of revenue is recognized over the term of our contracts rather than upfront at contract signing. Although this may cause our financial results from period-to-period to vary substantially, such change in revenue recognition will not change the total revenue recognized over the life of our contracts.

We may be adversely affected by the current economic environment.

As a result of the macro-economic challenges currently affecting the economy of the United States and other parts of the world, our customers or vendors may experience problems with their earnings, cash flow, or both. This may cause our customers to delay, cancel or significantly decrease their purchases from us, and we may experience delays in payment or their inability to pay amounts owed to us. In addition, our vendors may substantially increase their prices without notice. Any such change in the behavior of our customers or vendors may materially adversely affect our earnings and cash flow. If economic conditions in the United States and other key markets deteriorate further or do not show improvement, we may experience material adverse impacts to our business, operating results, and/or access to credit markets.

Changes in the legislative, regulatory and commercial environments in which we operate may adversely impact our ability to collect, manage, aggregate and use data and may impact our financial results.

Certain types of information we gather, compile and publish are subject to regulation by governmental authorities in certain markets in which we operate, particularly in our international markets. In addition, there is increasing awareness and concern among the general public and companies regarding marketing and privacy matters, particularly as they relate to individual privacy interests and the ubiquity of the Internet. These concerns may result in new laws and regulations. In general, compliance with existing laws and regulations has not to date materially impacted our business and financial results. Nonetheless, future laws and regulations with respect to the collection, management and use of information, and adverse publicity or litigation concerning the commercial use of such information could result in limitations being imposed on our operations, increased compliance or litigation expense and/or loss of revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

In addition, governmental agencies may seek, from time-to-time, to increase the fees or taxes that we must pay to acquire, use and/or redistribute data that such governmental agencies collect. While we would seek to pass along any such price increases to our customers or provide alternative services, there is no guarantee that we would be able to do so, given competitive pressures or other considerations. In addition, any such price increases or alternative services may result in reduced usage by our customers and/or loss of market share.

We may be unable to adapt successfully to changes in our customers’ preferences for our solutions, which could materially adversely affect our revenues.

Our success depends in part on our ability to adapt our solutions to our customers’ preferences. Advances in information technology and uncertain or changing economic conditions are changing the way our customers use and purchase business information. As a result, our customers are demanding both lower prices and more features from our solutions, such as decision-making tools like credit scores and electronic delivery formats. If we do not successfully adapt our solutions to our customers’ preferences, our business and financial results

 

15


Table of Contents

would be materially adversely affected. Specifically, for our larger customers, our continued success will be dependent on our ability to satisfy more of their needs by providing solutions beyond data, such as enhanced analytics and assisting with their data integration efforts. For our smaller customers, our success will depend in part on our ability to develop a strong value proposition, including simplifying our solutions and pricing offerings, to enhance our marketing efforts to these customers and to improve our service to them.

To address customer needs for pricing certainty and increased access to our solutions, we provide subscription pricing plans through our Preferred Pricing Agreement and our Preferred Pricing Agreement with DNBi. These subscription pricing plans provide expanded access to our Risk Management Solutions in a way that provides more certainty over related costs to the customer, which, in turn, generally results in customers increasing their spend on our solutions. These plans have been an important driver of our growth from inception in 2005 to date. Our success moving forward is dependent, in part, on the continued penetration of these offerings and the successful rollout of similar programs in various markets around the world. Similarly, our continued success is dependent on customers’ acceptance of our DNBi offering.

Acquisitions, joint ventures or similar strategic relationships may disrupt or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business and financial results.

As part of our strategy, we may seek to acquire other complementary businesses, products and technologies or enter into joint ventures or similar strategic relationships. These transactions are subject to the following risks:

 

   

Acquisitions, joint ventures or similar relationships may cause a disruption in our ongoing business, distract our management and make it difficult to maintain our standards, controls and procedures;

 

   

We may not be able to integrate successfully the services, content, products and personnel of any such transaction into our operations;

 

   

We may not derive the revenue improvements, cost savings and other intended benefits of any such transaction; and

 

   

Risks, exposures and liabilities of acquired entities or other third parties with whom we undertake a transaction, that arise from such third parties’ activities prior to undertaking a transaction with us.

We have no direct management control over third-party members of the D&B Worldwide Network who conduct business under the D&B brand name in local markets.

The D&B Worldwide Network is comprised of wholly-owned subsidiaries, joint ventures that we either control or hold a minority interest in, and third-party members who conduct business under the D&B brand name in local markets. While third-party member participation in the D&B Worldwide Network is controlled by commercial services agreements and the use of our trademarks is controlled by license agreements, we have no direct management control over these members beyond the terms of the agreements. As a result, actions or inactions taken by these third-party members may have a material impact on our business and financial results. For example, one or more third-party members may:

 

   

Provide a product or service that does not adhere to our data quality standards;

 

   

Fail to comply with D&B brand and communication standards;

 

   

Engage in illegal or unethical business practices;

 

   

Elect not to support new or revised products and services or other strategic initiatives; or

 

   

Fail to execute other data or distribution contract requirements.

Such actions or inactions may have an impact on customer confidence in the D&B brand globally, which could materially adversely impact our business and financial results.

 

16


Table of Contents

We may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel, including members of our sales force and technology team, which could impact the quality of our performance and customer satisfaction.

Our success and financial results also depend on our continuing ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified personnel at all levels. This includes members of our sales force on whom we rely for the vast majority of our revenue, and members of our technology team on whom we rely to continually maintain and upgrade all of our technology operations and maintain and develop our products, and to appropriately use the time and resources of such individuals. Competition for these individuals is intense, and we may not be able to retain our key personnel or key members of our sales or technology teams, or attract, assimilate or retain other highly qualified individuals in the future. We have from time-to-time experienced, and we expect to continue to experience, difficulty in hiring and retaining employees, including members of our sales force and technology team, with appropriate qualifications.

Our operations in the International segment are subject to various risks associated with operations in foreign countries, which could materially adversely affect our business and financial results.

Our success depends in part on our various operations outside North America. For the three years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, our International segment accounted for 22%, 21% and 19% of total revenue, respectively. Our International business is subject to many challenges, the most significant being:

 

   

Our competition is primarily local, and our customers may have greater loyalty to our local competitors who may have a competitive advantage with us because they are not restricted by U.S. laws with which we require our International segment to comply, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act;

 

   

Credit insurance is a significant credit risk mitigation tool in certain markets, thus reducing the demand for our Risk Management Solutions; and

 

   

In some markets, key data elements are generally available from public-sector sources, thus reducing a customer’s need to purchase our data.

Our International strategy includes the leveraging of our D&B Worldwide Network to improve our data quality. We form and manage these strategic alliances to create a competitive advantage for us over the long term; however, these strategic relationships may not be successful or may be subject to ownership change.

The issue of data privacy is an increasingly important area of public policy in various International markets, and we operate in an evolving regulatory environment that could adversely impact aspects of our business or the business of third parties on whom we depend.

Our operating results could also be negatively affected by a variety of other factors affecting our foreign operations, many of which are beyond our control. These factors may include currency fluctuations, economic, political or regulatory conditions, competition from government agencies in a specific country or region, trade protection measures and other regulatory requirements. Additional risks inherent in International business activities generally include, among others:

 

   

Longer accounts receivable payment cycles;

 

   

The costs and difficulties of managing International operations and strategic alliances, including the D&B Worldwide Network; and

 

   

The need to comply with a broader array of regulatory and licensing requirements, the failure of which could result in fines, penalties or business suspensions.

 

17


Table of Contents

We may be unable to reduce our expense base through our Financial Flexibility, and the related reinvestments from savings from this program may not produce the level of desired revenue growth which would materially adversely affect our business and financial results.

Successful execution of our strategy includes reducing our expense base through our Financial Flexibility initiatives, and reallocating our expense base reductions into initiatives to produce our desired revenue growth. The success of this program may be affected by:

 

   

Our ability to continually adapt and improve our organizational design and efficiency to meet the changing needs of our business and our customers;

 

   

Our ability to implement all of the actions required under this program within the established time frame;

 

   

Our ability to implement actions that require process or technology changes to reduce our expense base;

 

   

Entering into or amending agreements with third-party vendors to renegotiate terms beneficial to us;

 

   

Managing third-party vendor relationships effectively;

 

   

Completing agreements with our local works councils and trade unions related to potential reengineering actions in certain International markets; and

 

   

Maintaining quality around key business processes utilizing our reduced and/or outsourced resources.

If we fail to reduce our expense base, or if we do not achieve our desired level of revenue growth from new initiatives, our business and financial results would be materially adversely affected.

We are involved in tax and legal proceedings that could have a material adverse impact on us.

We are involved in tax and legal proceedings, claims and litigations that arise in the ordinary course of business. As discussed in greater detail under “Note 13. Contingencies” in “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, certain of these matters could materially adversely affect our business and financial results.

 

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Not applicable.

 

Item 2. Properties

Our corporate office is located at 103 JFK Parkway, Short Hills, New Jersey 07078, in a 123,000-square-foot property that we lease. This property also serves as the executive offices of our North America segment.

Our other properties are geographically distributed to meet sales and operating requirements worldwide. We generally consider these properties to be both suitable and adequate to meet current operating requirements. As of December 31, 2009, the most important of these other properties include the following sites:

 

   

A 178,000 square-foot leased office building in Center Valley, Pennsylvania, which houses various sales, finance, fulfillment and data acquisition personnel;

 

   

A 147,000 square-foot office building that we own in Parsippany, New Jersey, housing personnel from our North American sales, marketing and technology groups (approximately one-third of this building is leased to a third party);

 

   

A 78,000 square-foot leased office building in Austin, Texas, which houses a majority of our Hoover’s employees; and

 

   

A 79,060 square-foot leased space in Marlow, England, which houses our United Kingdom business, International technology and certain other International teams.

 

18


Table of Contents

In addition to the above locations, we also conduct operations in other offices across the globe, most of which are leased.

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Information in response to this Item is included in Part II, Item 8. “Note 13. Contingencies” and is incorporated by reference into Part I of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2009.

 

19


Table of Contents

PART II

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and trades under the symbol DNB. We had 2,919 shareholders of record as of December 31, 2009.

The following table summarizes the high and low sales prices for our common stock, as reported in the periods shown:

 

     2009    2008
     High    Low    High    Low

First Quarter

   $ 81.40    $ 69.80    $ 93.94    $ 81.02

Second Quarter

   $ 84.18    $ 76.67    $ 94.10    $ 80.44

Third Quarter

   $ 83.16    $ 71.33    $ 98.78    $ 85.50

Fourth Quarter

   $ 84.64    $ 73.26    $ 93.57    $ 64.40

We paid quarterly dividends to our shareholders totaling $71.5 million, $65.6 million and $58.4 million during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. On February 4, 2010, our Board of Directors approved the declaration of a $0.35 per share dividend for the first quarter of 2010. This cash dividend is payable March 18, 2010, to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 3, 2010.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information about purchases made by us or on our behalf during the quarter ended December 31, 2009 of shares of equity that are registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act:

 

Period

   Total
Number
of Shares
Purchased
(a)(b)
   Average
Price
Paid
Per
Share
   Total Number of
Shares
Purchased as
part of Publicly
Announced
Plans or
Programs(a)(b)
   Maximum Number
of Currently
Authorized Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs(a)
   Approximate
Dollar Value
of Currently
Authorized
Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased
Under the
Plans or
Programs(b)
     (Amounts in millions, except per share data)

October 1 - 31, 2009

   —      $ —      —      —      $ —  

November 1 - 30, 2009

   0.2    $ 79.30    0.2    —      $ —  

December 1 - 31, 2009

   0.8    $ 81.59    0.8    —      $ —  
                  
   1.0    $ 81.16    1.0    0.8    $ 177.3
                  

 

(a) During the three months ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased 0.5 million shares of common stock for $34.7 million under our Board of Directors approved repurchase program to mitigate the dilutive effect of the shares issued under our stock incentive plans and Employee Stock Purchase Plan. This program was announced in August 2006 and expires in August 2010. The maximum amount authorized under the program is 5.0 million shares, of which 4.2 million shares have been repurchased as of December 31, 2009. We anticipate that this program will be completed prior to maturity in August 2010.

 

(b) During the three months ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased 0.3 million shares of common stock for $24.8 million related to a previously announced $400 million, two-year share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors in December 2007. This program was completed in December 2009.

In addition, during the three months ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased 0.2 million shares of common stock for $22.7 million related to a previously announced $200 million share repurchase program approved by our Board of Directors in February 2009. We anticipate that this program will be completed by December 2011.

 

20


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE COMPARISON GRAPH*

SINCE DECEMBER 31, 2004

In accordance with SEC rules, the graph below compares the Company’s cumulative total shareholder return against the cumulative total return of the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and a published industry index starting on December 31, 2004. Our past performance may not be indicative of future performance.

As an industry index, the Company chose the S&P 500 Commercial & Professional Services Index, a subset of the S&P 500 Stock Index that includes companies that provide business-to-business services.

COMPARISON OF FIVE YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN

AMONG D&B, S&P 500 STOCK INDEX AND THE S&P 500 COMMERCIAL &

PROFESSIONAL SERVICES INDEX

LOGO

 

* Assumes $100 invested on December 31, 2004, and reinvestment of dividends.

 

21


Table of Contents
Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  
     (Amounts in millions, except per share data)  

Results of Operations:

          

Operating Revenues

   $ 1,687.0      $ 1,726.3      $ 1,599.2      $ 1,474.9      $ 1,380.0   

Costs and Expenses

     1,222.5        1,256.6        1,173.6        1,081.2        1,015.4   
                                        

Operating Income(1)

     464.5        469.7        425.6        393.7        364.6   

Non-Operating Income (Expense)—Net(2)

     (32.0     (30.8     0.7        (13.3     (9.7
                                        

Income from Continuing Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes and Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

     432.5        438.9        426.3        380.4        354.9   

Provision for Income Taxes(3)

     112.1        128.0        135.8        142.1        133.1   

Equity in Net Income (Loss) of Affiliates

     1.6        1.0        1.3        0.4        0.7   
                                        

Income from Continuing Operations

     322.0        311.9        291.8        238.7        222.5   

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes

     —          0.7        5.4        2.0        (1.3

Gain on Disposal of Italian Real Estate Business, Net of Tax Impact

     —          0.4        —          —          —     
                                        

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes(4)

     —          1.1        5.4        2.0        (1.3
                                        

Net Income

     322.0        313.0        297.2        240.7        221.2   

Less: Net (Income) Loss Attributable to the Noncontrolling Interest

     (2.6     (2.4     0.9        —          —     
                                        

Net Income Attributable to D&B

   $ 319.4      $ 310.6      $ 298.1      $ 240.7      $ 221.2   
                                        

Basic Earnings Per Share of Common Stock:

          

Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 6.06      $ 5.65      $ 4.99      $ 3.75      $ 3.31   

Income from Discontinued Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

     —          0.02        0.09        0.04        (0.02
                                        

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 6.06      $ 5.67      $ 5.08      $ 3.79      $ 3.29   
                                        

Diluted Earnings Per Share of Common Stock:

          

Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 5.99      $ 5.56      $ 4.88      $ 3.66      $ 3.19   

Income from Discontinued Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

     —          0.02        0.09        0.03        (0.02
                                        

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 5.99      $ 5.58      $ 4.97      $ 3.69      $ 3.17   
                                        

Other Data:

          

Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding—Basic

     52.3        54.4        58.3        63.2        66.8   

Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding—Diluted

     52.9        55.3        59.6        64.8        69.4   

Amounts Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

          

Income from Continuing Operations, Net of Income Taxes

   $ 319.4      $ 309.5      $ 292.7      $ 238.7      $ 222.5   

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes

     —          1.1        5.4        2.0        (1.3
                                        

Net Income Attributable to D&B

   $ 319.4      $ 310.6      $ 298.1      $ 240.7      $ 221.2   
                                        

Cash Dividends Paid per Common Share

   $ 1.36      $ 1.20      $ 1.00      $ —        $ —     

Cash Dividends Declared per Common Share

   $ 1.36      $ 0.90      $ 1.30      $ —        $ —     

Balance Sheet:

          

Total Assets

   $ 1,749.4      $ 1,586.0      $ 1,658.8      $ 1,360.1      $ 1,613.4   

Long-Term Debt

   $ 961.8      $ 904.3      $ 724.8      $ 458.9      $ 0.1   

Total D&B Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   $ (745.7   $ (856.7   $ (440.1   $ (399.1   $ 77.6   

Noncontrolling Interest

   $ 11.7      $ 6.1      $ 3.6      $ —        $ —     

Total Equity (Deficit)

   $ (734.0   $ (850.6   $ (436.5   $ (399.1   $ 77.6   

 

 

22


Table of Contents
(1)

Non-core gain and (charges)(a) included in Operating Income:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  

Restructuring Charges

   $ (23.1   $ (31.4   $ (25.1   $ (25.5   $ (30.7

Impaired Intangible Assets

   $ (3.0   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Settlement of International Payroll Tax Matter Related to a Divested Entity

   $ —        $ —        $ (0.8   $ —        $ —     

Charge Related to a Dispute on the Sale of the Company’s French Business

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (0.4

 

  (a) See Item 7. included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for definition of non-core gains and (charges).

 

(2)

Non-core gains and (charges)(a) included in Non-Operating Income (Expense)—Net:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2009    2008      2007    2006    2005  

Effect of Legacy Tax Matters

   $ 1.0    $ 1.2       $ 1.6    $ —      $ —     

Gain Associated with Huaxia/D&B China Joint Venture

   $ —      $ —         $ 5.8    $ —      $ —     

Gain Associated with Beijing D&B HuiCong Market Research Co., Ltd Joint Venture

   $ —      $ 0.6       $ —      $ —      $ —     

Gain Associated with Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture

   $ —      $ —         $ 13.2    $ —      $ —     

Net Gain (Loss) on the Sale of Other Investments

   $ —      $ —         $ 0.9    $ —      $ —     

Tax Reserve true-up for the Settlement of 2003 tax year, related to the “Amortization and Royalty Expense Deductions” transaction

   $ —      $ (7.7    $ —      $ —      $ —     

Settlement of Legacy Tax Matter Arbitration

   $ 4.1    $ 8.1       $ —      $ —      $ —     

Gain on Disposal of Italian Domestic Business

   $ 6.5    $ —         $ —      $ —      $ —     

Gain on Sale of a 5% Investment in a South African Company

   $ —      $ —         $ —      $ —      $ 3.5   

Lower Costs Related to the Sale of Iberia (Spain and Portugal) Business

   $ —      $ —         $ —      $ —      $ 0.8   

Charge Related to a Dispute on the Sale of the Company’s French Business

   $ —      $ —         $ —      $ —      $ (3.7

 

  (a) See Item 7. included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for definition of non-core gains and (charges).

 

23


Table of Contents
(3)

Non-core gains and (charges)(a) included in Provision for Income Taxes:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007     2006     2005  

Restructuring Charges

   $ 8.4      $ 11.2      $ 9.4      $ 8.6      $ 8.1   

Impaired Intangible Assets

   $ 1.2      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Gain Associated with Beijing D&B HuiCong Market Research Co., Ltd Joint Venture

   $ —        $ (0.1   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Effect of Legacy Tax Matters

   $ (1.0   $ (1.2   $ (1.6   $ —        $ —     

Gain Associated with Huaxia/D&B China Joint Venture

   $ —        $ —        $ (2.9   $ —        $ —     

Gain Associated with Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture

   $ —        $ —        $ (8.3   $ —        $ —     

Settlement of International Payroll Tax Matter Related to a Divested Entity

   $ —        $ —        $ 0.2      $ —        $ —     

Settlement of Legacy Tax Matter Arbitration

   $ (3.1   $ (3.1   $ —        $ —        $ —     

Benefits Derived From Worldwide Legal Entity Simplification

   $ 36.2      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Gain on Disposal of Italian Domestic Business

   $ 3.5      $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —     

Net Gain (Loss) on the Sale of Other Investments

   $ —        $ —        $ (0.3   $ —        $ —     

Tax Reserve true-up for the Settlement of 1997-2002 tax years, primarily related to the “Amortization and Royalty Expense Deductions/Royalty Income 1997-2007” transaction

   $ —        $ —        $ 31.2      $ —        $ —     

Tax Reserve true-up for the Settlement of 2003 tax year, related to the “Amortization and Royalty Expense Deductions” transaction

   $ —        $ 15.4      $ —        $ —        $ —     

Favorable Resolution of Global Tax Audits including the Liquidation of Dormant International Corporations and/or Divested Entities

   $ —        $ 22.7      $ —        $ —        $ —     

Interest on IRS Deposit

   $ —        $ 1.3      $ —        $ —        $ —     

Impact of Revaluing the Net Deferred Tax Assets in the UK as a Result of a UK Tax Law Change, Enacted in Q3 2007, Which Reduces the General UK Tax Rate From 30% to 28%

   $ —        $ —        $ (2.5   $ —        $ —     

Charge/Increase in Tax Legacy Reserve for “Royalty Expense Deductions 1993-1997”

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (0.8   $ —     

Tax Benefits Recognized upon the Liquidation of Dormant International Corporations

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 16.3   

Gain on Sale of a 5% Investment in a South African Company

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (1.5

Charge Related to a Dispute on the Sale of the Company’s French Business

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 1.5   

Tax Charge Related to the Company’s Repatriation of Foreign Cash

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (9.3

Charge/Increase in Tax Legacy Reserve for “Royalty Expense Deductions 1993-1997”

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ (6.3

Tax Legacy Refund for “Utilization of Capital Losses 1989-1990”

   $ —        $ —        $ —        $ —        $ 0.9   

 

  (a) See Item 7. included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for definition of non-core gains and (charges).

 

(4) On December 27, 2007, we sold our Italian real estate business for $9.0 million, which was a part of our International segment, and we have reclassified the historical financial results of the Italian real estate business as discontinued operations. We have reflected the results of this business as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of earnings for all periods presented as set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have recorded the resulting gain of $0.4 million (both pre-tax and after-tax) from the sale in the first quarter of 2008 in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

24


Table of Contents
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

How We Manage Our Business

For internal management purposes, we refer to “core revenue,” which we calculate as total operating revenue less the revenue of divested businesses. Core revenue is used to manage and evaluate the performance of our segments and to allocate resources because this measure provides an indication of the underlying changes in revenue in a single performance measure. Core revenue does not include reported revenue of divested businesses since they are not included in future revenue.

On May 29, 2009, we completed the sale of substantially all the assets and liabilities of the domestic portion of our Italian operations. This sale has been classified as a “Divestiture.” Our divested business contributed 1% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 3% of our total revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. See Note 14 and Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further detail.

We also isolate the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates on our revenue growth because we believe it is useful for investors to be able to compare revenue from one period to another, both with and without the effects of foreign exchange. As a result, we monitor our core revenue growth both after and before the effects of foreign exchange. Core revenue growth excluding the effects of foreign exchange is referred to as “revenue growth before the effects of foreign exchange.”

From time-to-time we have analyzed and we may continue to further analyze core revenue growth before the effects of foreign exchange among two components, “organic core revenue growth” and “core revenue growth from acquisitions.” We analyze “organic core revenue growth” and “core revenue growth from acquisitions” because management believes this information provides an important insight into the underlying health of our business. Core revenue includes the revenue from acquired businesses from the date of acquisition.

We evaluate the performance of our business segments based on segment revenue growth before the effects of foreign exchange, and segment operating income growth before certain types of gains and charges that we consider do not reflect our underlying business performance. Specifically, for management reporting purposes, we evaluate business segment performance “before non-core gains and charges” because such charges are not a component of our ongoing income or expenses and/or may have a disproportionate positive or negative impact on the results of our ongoing underlying business operations. A recurring component of non-core gains and charges are our restructuring charges, which result from a foundational element of our growth strategy that we refer to as Financial Flexibility. Through Financial Flexibility, management identifies opportunities to improve the performance of the business in terms of reallocating our spending from low-growth or low-value activities to activities that will create greater value for shareholders through enhanced revenue growth, improved profitability and/or quality improvements. Management is committed through this process to examining how every dollar is spent, and optimizing between variable and fixed costs to ensure flexibility in changes to our operating expense base as we make strategic choices. This enables us to continually and systematically identify improvement opportunities in terms of quality, cost and customer experience. Such charges are variable from period-to-period based upon actions identified and taken during each period. Management reviews operating results before such charges on a monthly basis and establishes internal budgets and forecasts based upon such measures. Management further establishes annual and long-term compensation such as salaries, target cash bonuses and target equity compensation amounts based on such measures and a significant percentage weight is placed upon such measures before such charges in determining whether performance objectives have been achieved. Management believes that by eliminating restructuring charges from such financial measures, and by being overt to shareholders about the results of our operations excluding such charges, business leaders are provided incentives to recommend and execute actions that are in the best long-term interests of our shareholders, rather than being influenced by the potential impact a charge in a particular period could have on their compensation. Additionally, transition costs (period costs such as consulting fees, costs of temporary employees, relocation costs and stay bonuses incurred to implement the Financial Flexibility component of our strategy) are reported as

 

25


Table of Contents

“Corporate and Other” expenses and are not allocated to our business segments. See Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for financial information regarding our segments.

Similarly, when we evaluate the performance of our business as a whole, we focus on results (such as operating income, operating income growth, operating margin, net income, tax rate and diluted earnings per share) before non-core gains and charges because such non-core gains and charges are not a component of our ongoing income or expenses and/or may have a disproportionate positive or negative impact on the results of our ongoing underlying business operations and may drive behavior that does not ultimately maximize shareholder value. Additionally, for fiscal years 2009, 2008 and 2007, our non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America) measures reflect results on a continuing operations basis. It may be concluded from our presentation of non-core gains and charges that the items that result in non-core gains and charges may occur in the future.

We monitor free cash flow as a measure of our business. We define free cash flow as net cash provided by operating activities minus capital expenditures and additions to computer software and other intangibles. Free cash flow measures our available cash flow for potential debt repayment, acquisitions, stock repurchases, dividend payments and additions to cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments. We believe free cash flow to be relevant and useful to our investors as this measure is used by our management in evaluating the funding available after supporting our ongoing business operations and our portfolio of product investments.

Free cash flow should not be considered as a substitute measure for, or superior to, net cash flows provided by operating activities, investing activities or financing activities. Therefore, we believe it is important to view free cash flow as a complement to our consolidated statements of cash flows.

In addition, we evaluate our North America Risk Management Solutions based on two metrics: (1) “subscription,” and “non-subscription,” and (2) “DNBi” and “non-DNBi.” We define “subscription” as contracts that allow customers’ unlimited use within predefined ranges, subject to certain conditions. In these instances, we recognize revenue ratably over the term of the contract, which is generally one year and “non-subscription” as all other revenue streams. We define “DNBi” as our interactive, customizable online application that offers our customers real time access to our most complete and up-to-date global DUNSRight information, comprehensive monitoring and portfolio analysis and “non-DNBi” as all other revenue streams. Management believes these measures provide further insight into our performance and growth of our North America Risk Management Solutions revenue.

The adjustments discussed herein to our results as determined under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“GAAP”) are among the primary indicators management uses as a basis for our planning and forecasting of future periods, to allocate resources, to evaluate business performance and, as noted above, for compensation purposes. However, these financial measures (e.g., results before non-core gains and charges and free cash flow) are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for total revenue, operating income, operating income growth, operating margin, net income, tax rate, diluted earnings per share, or net cash provided by operating activities, investing activities and financing activities prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, it should be noted that because not all companies calculate these financial measures similarly, or at all, the presentation of these financial measures is not likely to be comparable to measures of other companies.

See “Results of Operations” below for a discussion of our results reported on a GAAP basis.

Overview

As of January 1, 2009, Canada has been moved out of our International segment and into our renamed “North America” segment (formerly our United States (“U.S.”) segment). Therefore, on January 1, 2009, we

 

26


Table of Contents

began managing our operations through the following two segments: North America (which consists of the U.S. and Canada) and International (which consists of our operations in Europe, Asia Pacific and Latin America). We have conformed historical amounts to reflect the new segment structure.

The financial statements of our subsidiaries outside of North America reflect a fiscal year ended November 30 to facilitate the timely reporting of our consolidated financial results and financial position.

The following table presents the contribution by segment to core revenue and total revenue:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  

Core Revenue:

      

North America

   79   81   83

International

   21   19   17

Total Revenue:

      

North America

   78   79   81

International

   22   21   19

The following table presents the contribution by customer solution set to core revenue and total revenue:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  

Core Revenue by Customer Solution Set:

      

Risk Management Solutions

   65   64   64

Sales & Marketing Solutions

   28   29   29

Internet Solutions

   7   7   7

Total Revenue by Customer Solution Set(1):

      

Risk Management Solutions

   64   62   62

Sales & Marketing Solutions

   28   28   28

Internet Solutions

   7   7   7

 

(1) Our divested business contributed 1% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 3% of our total revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

These customer solution sets are discussed in greater detail in Item 1. “Business” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Within our Risk Management Solutions, we monitor the performance of our “Traditional” products, our “Value-Added” products and our “Supply Management” products. Within our Sales & Marketing Solutions, we monitor the performance of our “Traditional” products and our “Value-Added” products.

Risk Management Solutions

Our Traditional Risk Management Solutions include our DNBi Solution and also consist of reports from our database used primarily for making decisions about new credit applications. Our Traditional Risk Management Solutions constituted the following percentages of total Risk Management Solutions Revenue, Total Revenue and Core Revenue:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  

Risk Management Solutions Revenue

   75   74   74

Total Revenue

   48   46   46

Core Revenue

   48   48   47

 

27


Table of Contents

Our Value-Added Risk Management Solutions generally support automated decision-making and portfolio management through the use of scoring and integrated software solutions. Our Value-Added Risk Management Solutions constituted the following percentages of total Risk Management Solutions Revenue, Total Revenue and Core Revenue:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  

Risk Management Solutions Revenue

   20   21   21

Total Revenue

   12   13   13

Core Revenue

   13   13   14

Our Supply Management Solutions can help companies better understand the financial risk of their supply chain. Our Supply Management Solutions constituted the following percentages of total Risk Management Solutions Revenue, Total Revenue and Core Revenue:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  

Risk Management Solutions Revenue

   5   5   5

Total Revenue

   4   3   3

Core Revenue

   4   3   3

Sales & Marketing Solutions

Our Traditional Sales & Marketing Solutions generally consist of marketing lists, labels and customized data files used by our customers in their direct mail and marketing activities. Our Traditional Sales & Marketing Solutions constituted the following percentages of total Sales & Marketing Solutions Revenue, Total Revenue and Core Revenue:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  

Sales & Marketing Solutions Revenue

   40   40   41

Total Revenue

   11   11   12

Core Revenue

   11   11   12

Our Value-Added Sales & Marketing Solutions generally include decision-making and customer information management solutions. Our Value-Added Sales & Marketing Solutions constituted the following percentages of total Sales & Marketing Solutions Revenue, Total Revenue and Core Revenue:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2007  

Sales & Marketing Solutions Revenue

   60   60   59

Total Revenue

   17   17   16

Core Revenue

   17   18   17

Our Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

In preparing our consolidated financial statements and accounting for the underlying transactions and balances reflected therein, we have applied the significant accounting policies described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Of those policies, we consider the policies described below to be critical because they are both most important to the portrayal of our financial condition and results, and they require management’s subjective or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 

28


Table of Contents

If actual results in a given period ultimately differ from previous estimates, the actual results could have a material impact on such period.

We have discussed the selection and application of our critical accounting policies and estimates with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors, and the Audit Committee has reviewed the disclosure regarding critical accounting policies and estimates as well as the other sections in this “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Launches Accounting Standards Codification

In June 2009, the FASB issued FASB Accounting Standards Codification TM (“ASC”) 105-10, “Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,” or “ASC 105-10” (the “Codification”). This authoritative guidance establishes the exclusive authoritative reference for GAAP for use in financial statements, except for Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and interpretative releases, which are also authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other grandfathered, non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification is nonauthoritative.

Following the Codification, the FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”), which will serve to update the Codification, provide background information about the authoritative guidance and provide the basis for conclusions on the changes to the Codification.

GAAP is not intended to be changed as a result of the Codification, but it has changed the way the authoritative guidance is organized and presented. As a result, these changes made an impact on how we reference GAAP in our financial statements and in our accounting policies. Where appropriate, we have conformed, throughout this Form 10-K, references to both the Codification and/or the previous GAAP source reference.

Pension and Postretirement Benefit Obligations

Through June 30, 2007, we offered to substantially all of our U.S. based employees coverage under a defined benefit plan called The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation Retirement Account (“U.S. Qualified Plan”). The defined benefit plan covered active and retired employees including retired individuals from spin-off companies (see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of spin-off companies). The benefits to be paid upon retirement are based on a percentage of the employee’s annual compensation. The percentage of compensation allocated annually to a retirement account ranged from 3% to 12.5% based on age and service. Amounts allocated under the plan also receive interest credits based on the 30-year Treasury rate or equivalent rate published by the Internal Revenue Service. Pension costs are determined actuarially and funded in accordance with the Internal Revenue Code. We also maintain supplemental and excess plans in the United States (“U.S. Non-Qualified Plans”) to provide additional retirement benefits to certain key employees of the Company. These plans are unfunded, pay-as-you-go plans. The U.S. Qualified Plan and the U.S. Non-Qualified Plans account for approximately 70% and 15% of our pension obligation, respectively, at December 31, 2009. Effective June 30, 2007, we amended the U.S. Qualified Plan and one of the U.S. Non-Qualified Plans, known as the U.S. Pension Benefit Equalization Plan (the “PBEP”). Any pension benefit that had been accrued through such date under the two plans was “frozen” at its then current value and no additional benefits, other than interest on such amounts, will accrue under the U.S. Qualified Plan and the PBEP. Our employees in certain of our international operations are also provided retirement benefits through defined benefit plans, representing the remaining balance of our pension obligations.

We also provide various health care and life insurance benefits for retirees. U.S. based employees, who retire with 10 years of vesting service after age 45, are eligible to receive benefits. Postretirement benefit costs

 

29


Table of Contents

and obligations are determined actuarially. Effective March 1, 2010, we will eliminate company-paid life insurance benefits for retirees. In addition, we will only share the minimum necessary amount of subsidy received from the government in any year to maintain actuarial equivalence for as long as possible.

The key assumptions used in the measurement of the pension and postretirement obligations and net periodic pension and postretirement cost are:

 

   

Expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets—which is based on a target asset allocation as well as expected returns on asset categories of plan investments;

 

   

Discount rate—which is used to measure the present value of pension plan obligations and postretirement health care obligations. The discount rates are derived using a yield curve approach which matches projected plan benefit payment streams with bond portfolios, reflecting actual liability duration unique to our plans;

 

   

Rates of compensation increase and cash balance accumulation/conversion rates—which are based on an evaluation of internal plans and external market indicators; and

 

   

Health care cost trends—which are based on historical cost data, the near-term outlook and an assessment of likely long-term trends.

We believe that the assumptions used are appropriate, though changes in these assumptions would affect our pension and other postretirement benefit costs. The factor with the most immediate impact on our consolidated financial statements is a change in the expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets for the U.S. Qualified Plan. For 2010, we will continue to use an expected long-term rate of return of 8.25%. This assumption was 8.25% in each of the years 2009, 2008 and 2007. The 8.25% assumption represents our best estimate of the expected long-term future investment performance of the U.S. Qualified Plan, after considering expectations for future capital market returns and the plan’s asset allocation. As of December 31, 2009 the U.S. Qualified Plan was 65% invested in publicly traded equity securities, 30% invested in debt securities and 5% invested in real estate investments. Every one-quarter-percentage-point increase or decrease in the long-term rate of return increases or reduces our annual operating income by approximately $3 million by increasing or reducing our net periodic pension income.

Changes in the discount rate, rate of compensation increase and cash balance accumulation/conversion rates also have an effect on our annual operating income. Based on the factors noted above, the discount rate is adjusted at each remeasurement date while other assumptions are reviewed annually. For our U.S. plans, every one-quarter-percentage-point increase or decrease in the discount rate reduces or increases our pension cost by approximately $0.5 million. The discount rate used to determine pension cost for our U.S. pension plans was 6.10%, 6.37% and 5.84% for 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. For 2010, we decreased the discount rate to 5.72% from 6.10% for all our U.S. pension plans.

Differences between the assumptions stated above and actual experience could affect our pension and other postretirement benefit costs. When actual plan experience differs from the assumptions used, actuarial gains or losses arise. These gains and losses are aggregated and amortized generally over the average future service periods or life expectancy of plan participants to the extent that such gains or losses exceed a “corridor”. The purpose of the corridor is to reduce the volatility caused by the difference between actual experience and the pension-related assumptions noted above, on a plan-by-plan basis. For all of our pension plans, total actuarial losses that have not been recognized in our pension costs as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 were $887.7 million and $855.2 million, respectively, of which $672.2 million and $682.1 million, respectively, were attributable to the U.S. Qualified Plan, $105.0 million and $89.5 million, respectively, were attributable to the U.S. Non-Qualified Plans, and the remainder was attributable to the non-U.S. pension plans. (See discussion in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.) We expect to recognize a portion of such losses in our 2010 net periodic pension cost of approximately $12 million, $6 million and $3 million, for the U.S. Qualified Plan, U.S. Non-Qualified Plans and non-U.S. plans, respectively, compared to $15.8 million, $5.7 million and $1.0 million, respectively, in 2009. The lower amortization of

 

30


Table of Contents

actuarial loss in 2010 for the U.S. Qualified plan, which will be included in our pension cost in 2010, is primarily due to a change, starting in November 2009 (according to our accounting policy), in amortization period from average future service years of active participants to average life expectancy of all plan participants. The decrease is substantially offset by the impact of a larger unrecognized actuarial loss subject to amortization in 2010. Higher amortization of actuarial loss in 2010 for our U.S. Non-Qualified Plans and non-U.S. plans was primarily due to lower discount rates applied to the plan at December 31, 2009, as well as a larger unrecognized actuarial loss subject to amortization in 2010.

Differences between the expected long-term rate of return assumption and actual experience could affect our net periodic pension cost. For our pension plans, we recorded net pension periodic cost of $6.0 million, net pension periodic income of $3.7 million and net pension periodic cost of $10.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. A major component of the net pension periodic cost is the expected return on plan assets, which was $115.2 million, $121.7 million and $117.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The expected return on plan assets was determined by multiplying the expected long-term rate of return assumption by the market-related value of plan assets. The market-related value of plan assets recognizes asset gains and losses over five years to reduce the effects of short-term market fluctuations on net periodic cost. For our pension plans we recorded: (i) for the year ended December 31, 2009, a total investment gain of $191.5 million which was comprised of a gain of $162.4 million in our U.S. Qualified Plan and a gain of $29.1 million in our non-U.S. plans; (ii) for the year ended December 31, 2008, a total investment loss of $392.2 million which was comprised of a loss of $348.1 million in our U.S. Qualified Plan and a loss of $44.1 million in our non-U.S. plans; and (iii) for the year ended December 31, 2007, a total investment gain of $105.7 million which was comprised of a gain of $91.2 million in our U.S. Qualified Plan and a gain of $14.5 million in our non-U.S. plans. At January 1, 2010, the market-related value of plan assets of our U.S. Qualified Plan and the non-U.S. plans was $1,267.7 million and $180.2 million, respectively, compared with the fair value of its plan assets of $1,045.0 million and $169.2 million, respectively.

Changes in the funded status of our pension plans could result in fluctuation in our shareholders’ equity (deficit). We are required to recognize the funded status of our benefit plans as a liability or an asset, on a plan-by-plan basis with an offsetting adjustment to Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”), in our shareholders’ equity (deficit), net of tax. Accordingly, the amounts recognized in equity represent unrecognized gains/losses and prior service costs. These unrecognized gains/losses and prior service costs will be amortized out of equity (deficit) based on an actuarial calculation each period. Gains/losses and prior service costs that arise during the year are recognized as a component of Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”) which is then reflected in AOCI. We recorded a net loss of $10.4 million and net loss of $291.1 million in OCI, net of applicable tax, in the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to the actuarial gain/loss and prior service cost arising during the period and the amortization of such items. The decreased loss in 2009 was primarily due to the improvement of the funded status for our U.S. Qualified Plan from a deficit of $155.5 million at December 31, 2008 compared to a deficit of $121.5 million at December 31, 2009, driven by better asset performance in 2009 compared to a significant asset loss in 2008. The positive impact from better asset performance was partially mitigated by a lower discount rate at December 31, 2009.

For information on pension and postretirement benefit plan contribution requirements, please see “Future Liquidity—Sources and Uses of Funds—Pension Plan and Postretirement Benefit Plan Contribution Requirements.” See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for more information regarding costs of, and assumptions for, our pension and postretirement benefit obligations and costs.

Contingencies and Litigation

We establish reserves in connection with legal proceedings, claims and litigation when it is probable that a loss has been incurred and the amount of loss is reasonably estimable. Contingent liabilities are often resolved over long periods of time. Estimating probable losses requires analyses of multiple forecasts that often depend on judgments concerning potential actions by third parties and regulators. In connection with tax proceedings, we

 

31


Table of Contents

utilize a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. This is an inherently subjective and complex process, and actual results may differ from our estimates by material amounts. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when the following four conditions are met:

 

   

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

   

The contract fee is fixed and determinable;

 

   

Delivery or performance has occurred; and

 

   

Collectibility is reasonably assured.

If at the outset of an arrangement, we determine that collectibility is not reasonably assured, revenue is deferred until the earlier of when collectibility becomes probable or the receipt of payment. If there is uncertainty as to the customer’s acceptance of our deliverables, revenue is not recognized until the earlier of receipt of customer acceptance or expiration of the acceptance period. If at the outset of an arrangement, we determine that the arrangement fee is not fixed or determinable, revenue is deferred until the arrangement fee becomes estimable, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Our Risk Management Solutions are generally sold under fixed price subscription contracts that allow customers unlimited access to risk information. Revenue on this type of contract is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, which is generally one year.

Risk information is also sold using monthly or annual contracts that allow customers to purchase our risk information up to the contract amount based on an agreed price list. Once the contract amount is fully used, additional risk information can be purchased at per-item prices which may be different than those in the original contract. Revenue on these contracts is recognized on a per-item basis as information is purchased and delivered to the customer. If customers do not use the full amount of their contract and forfeit the unused portion, we recognize the forfeited amount as revenue at contract expiration.

Where a data file of risk information is sold with periodic updates to that information, a portion of the revenue related to the updates is deferred as a liability on the balance sheet and recognized as the updates are delivered, usually on a quarterly or monthly basis over the term of the contract.

Revenue related to services, such as monitoring, is recognized ratably over the period of performance.

Sales & Marketing Solutions that provide continuous access to our marketing information and business reference databases may include access or hosting fees which are sold on a subscription basis. Revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, which is typically one year.

Where a data file of marketing information is sold, we recognize revenue upon delivery of the marketing data file to the customer. If the contract provides for periodic updates to that marketing data file, the portion of the revenue related to updates is deferred as a liability on the balance sheet and recognized as the updates are delivered, usually on a quarterly or monthly basis, over the term of the contract.

Internet Solutions represent the results of our Hoover’s business, including both the First Research division and the AllBusiness.com division. Hoover’s and First Research provide subscription solutions that allow continuous access to our business information databases. Revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, which is generally one year. Any additional solutions purchased are recognized upon delivery to the customer. AllBusiness.com provides online media and e-commerce products that provide advertisers the ability to target small business customers. Revenue is recognized as solutions are delivered to the customer over the contract period.

 

32


Table of Contents

Sales of software that are considered to be more than incidental are recognized in revenue when a non-cancelable license agreement has been signed and the software has been shipped and installed, if required.

Revenue from consulting and training services is recognized as the services are performed.

We have certain solution offerings that are sold as multi-element arrangements. The multiple elements or deliverables may include access to our business information databases, information data files, updates, software and services. To account for each deliverable as a separate unit of accounting, they each must meet all of the following separation criteria:

 

   

The delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis;

 

   

There is objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered item(s); and

 

   

If the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the undelivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the company.

If the deliverable or a group of deliverables meets the separation criteria, the total arrangement consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on its relative fair value. The amount of arrangement consideration that is allocated to a delivered unit of accounting is limited to the amount that is not contingent upon the delivery of another unit of accounting.

We obtain vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of the fair value of a deliverable by monitoring the price at which we sell the deliverable on a standalone basis. Where we are unable to use VSOE, we may use the price at which we or a third party sell a similar product to similarly situated customers on a standalone basis. If we do not have fair value for the delivered items, the contract fee is allocated to the undelivered items based on their fair values and the remaining residual amount, if any, is allocated to the delivered items.

After the arrangement consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting, we apply the appropriate revenue recognition method from those described above for each unit of accounting, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. All deliverables that do not meet the separation criteria are combined with an undelivered unit of accounting. We generally recognize revenue for a combined unit of accounting based on the method most appropriate for the last delivered item.

Deferred revenue consists of amounts billed in excess of revenue recognized on sales of our information solutions and generally relates to deferral of subscription revenue. Deferred revenue is included in current liabilities in the balance sheet and is subsequently recognized as revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policies.

We record revenue on a net basis for those sales where we act as an agent or broker in the transaction.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

See Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for disclosure of the impact that recently issued accounting standards may have on our audited consolidated financial statements.

Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements. They should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related footnotes set forth in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.

 

33


Table of Contents

Consolidated Revenue

The following table presents our revenue by segment:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
     2009    2008    2007
     (Amounts in millions)

Revenue:

        

North America

   $ 1,309.7    $ 1,364.2    $ 1,291.3

International

     355.4      314.4      260.8
                    

Core Revenue

     1,665.1      1,678.6      1,552.1

Divested Business

     21.9      47.7      47.1
                    

Total Revenue

   $ 1,687.0    $ 1,726.3    $ 1,599.2
                    

The following table presents our revenue by customer solution set:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
     2009    2008    2007
     (Amounts in millions)

Revenue:

        

Risk Management Solutions

   $ 1,071.8    $ 1,070.4    $ 991.4

Sales & Marketing Solutions

     474.6      483.3      453.2

Internet Solutions

     118.7      124.9      107.5
                    

Core Revenue

     1,665.1      1,678.6      1,552.1

Divested Business

     21.9      47.7      47.1
                    

Total Revenue

   $ 1,687.0    $ 1,726.3    $ 1,599.2
                    

Year ended December 31, 2009 vs. Year ended December 31, 2008

Total revenue decreased $39.3 million, or 2% (1% decrease before the effect of foreign exchange), for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in total revenue was primarily driven by a decrease in total North America revenue of $54.5 million, or 4% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange) partially offset by an increase in total International revenue of $15.2 million, or 4% (14% increase before the effect of foreign exchange). Our divestiture of the domestic portion of our Italian operations in the second quarter of 2009 accounted for $21.9 million and $47.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Core revenue, which reflects total revenue less revenue from a divested business, decreased $13.5 million, or 1% (1% increase before the effect of foreign exchange), for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in core revenue is primarily attributed to:

 

   

Lower purchases from our customers due to a weak economy and budgetary pressures. We are working with our customers to reduce the scope of various projects to meet their budget constraints which has slightly improved our retention rates; and

 

   

The negative impact of foreign exchange;

partially offset by:

 

   

Increased revenue as a result of a) our consolidation of our majority owned joint ventures in: i) Dun & Bradstreet Information Services India Private Limited (“D&B India”) completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; ii) HC International, Inc. in China completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; and iii) RoadWay International Limited (“RoadWay”) in China completed in the third quarter of 2009; b) our acquisition of substantially all of the assets of Bisnode’s UK operations and a 100% equity interest in Bisnode’s

 

34


Table of Contents
 

Irish operations (“ICC”) completed in the third quarter of 2009; and c) our acquisition of Quality Education Data (“QED”) completed in the first quarter of 2009, which in the aggregate, all of the previously mentioned contributed three points of the growth;

 

   

Growth in each of our subscription plans from existing customers, including the customers who previously purchased value-added solutions. These subscription plans provide our customers with unlimited use of our Risk Management reports and data; and

 

   

Increased revenue from our Asia Pacific market, primarily from our majority owned Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture.

Customer Solution Set

On a customer solution set basis, the $13.5 million decrease in core revenue reflects:

 

   

A $1.4 million, or less than 1% increase in Risk Management Solutions (2% increase before the effect of foreign exchange). The increase was driven by an increase in International of $17.8 million, or 7% (18% increase before the effect of foreign exchange), partially offset by a decrease in North America of $16.4 million, or 2% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange);

 

   

An $8.7 million, or 2% decrease (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange), in Sales & Marketing Solutions. The decrease was driven by a decrease in North America of $32.8 million, or 8% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange), partially offset by an increase in International of $24.1 million, or 37% (42% increase before the effect of foreign exchange); and

 

   

A $6.2 million, or 5%, decrease in Internet Solutions (4% decrease before the effect of foreign exchange). The decrease was driven by a decrease in North America of $5.3 million, or 4% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange) and a decrease in International of $0.9 million, or 20% (3% decrease before the effect of foreign exchange).

Year ended December 31, 2008 vs. Year ended December 31, 2007

Total revenue increased $127.1 million, or 8% (7% increase before the effect of foreign exchange), for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in total revenue was primarily driven by an increase in total North America revenue of $72.9 million, or 6% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange) and an increase in total International revenue of $54.2 million, or 18% (14% increase before the effect of foreign exchange). Our divestiture of the domestic portion of our Italian operations in the second quarter of 2009 accounted for $47.7 million and $47.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Core revenue, which reflects total revenue less revenue from a divested business, increased $126.5 million, or 8% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange), for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in core revenue is primarily attributed to:

 

   

Growth in our subscription plans, due to growth of customers renewing from a subscription plan as well as that associated with conversion from our legacy products to subscription plans from existing customers. These subscription plans provide our customers with unlimited use of our Risk Management reports and data; and

 

   

Increased revenue as a result of our acquisitions and our majority owned Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture;

partially offset by:

 

   

Lower purchases of our legacy products.

 

35


Table of Contents

Customer Solution Set

On a customer solution set basis, the $126.5 million increase in core revenue reflects:

 

   

A $79.0 million, or 8%, increase in Risk Management Solutions (7% increase before the effect of foreign exchange). The increase was driven by an increase in North America of $34.6 million, or 4% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange), and an increase in International of $44.4 million, or 22% (19% increase before the effect of foreign exchange);

 

   

A $30.1 million, or 7% increase (both before and after foreign exchange), in Sales & Marketing Solutions. The increase was driven by an increase in North America of $20.1 million, or 5% (both before and after foreign exchange), and an increase in International of $10.0 million, or 19% (17% increase before the effect of foreign exchange); and

 

   

A $17.4 million, or 16% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange), increase in Internet Solutions. The increase was driven by an increase in North America of $18.2 million, or 18% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange), partially offset by a decrease in International of $0.8 million, or 15% (13% decrease before the effect of foreign exchange).

Consolidated Operating Costs

The following table presents our consolidated operating costs and operating income:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
     2009    2008    2007
     (Amounts in millions)

Operating Expenses

   $ 500.3    $ 480.7    $ 430.4

Selling and Administrative Expenses

     641.0      686.0      671.5

Depreciation and Amortization

     58.1      58.5      46.6

Restructuring Charge

     23.1      31.4      25.1
                    

Operating Costs

   $ 1,222.5    $ 1,256.6    $ 1,173.6
                    

Operating Income

   $ 464.5    $ 469.7    $ 425.6
                    

As described above in the section “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—How We Manage Our Business,” when we evaluate the performance of our business as a whole, we focus on our operating income (and, therefore, operating costs) before non-core gains and charges, because we do not view these items as reflecting our underlying business operations. We have identified under the caption “Non-Core Gains and (Charges)” below, such non-core gains and charges that are included in our GAAP results.

Operating Expenses

Year ended December 31, 2009 vs. Year ended December 31, 2008

Operating expenses increased by $19.6 million, or 4%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to the following:

 

   

Increased data acquisition costs and fulfillment costs primarily associated with a) our consolidation of our majority owned joint ventures in: i) D&B India completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; ii) HC International, Inc. in China completed in the fourth quarter of 2009; and iii) RoadWay in China completed in the third quarter of 2009; b) our acquisition of ICC completed in the third quarter of 2009; and c) our majority owned Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture; and

 

   

Increased costs associated with our strategic investments;

 

36


Table of Contents

partially offset by:

 

   

The positive impact of foreign exchange; and

 

   

Lower costs as a result of our reengineering efforts and decreased variable expenses (e.g., professional fees and travel related expenses).

Year ended December 31, 2008 vs. Year ended December 31, 2007

Operating expenses increased by $50.3 million, or 12%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to the following:

 

   

Costs associated with investments in connection with our strategy, such as DNBi, our interactive, web-based subscription service, and investments to improve customer satisfaction levels;

 

   

Increased costs associated with our acquisitions and our majority owned Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture;

 

   

The impact of foreign exchange; and

 

   

Increased technology costs arising from obligations under our D&B Worldwide Network agreements;

partially offset by:

 

   

Lower costs as a result of our reengineering efforts.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Year ended December 31, 2009 vs. Year ended December 31, 2008

Selling and administrative expenses decreased $45.0 million, or 7%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to the following:

 

   

Lower costs as a result of our reengineering efforts (e.g., our “Go-To-Market” approach for our North America sales organization) and decreased variable expenses (e.g., commissions and bonuses, professional fees, and travel related expenses); and

 

   

The positive impact of foreign exchange;

partially offset by:

 

   

Increased selling expenses primarily associated with a) our consolidation of our majority owned joint ventures in: i) D&B India completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; ii) HC International, Inc. in China completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; and iii) RoadWay in China completed in the third quarter of 2009; b) our acquisition of ICC completed in the third quarter of 2009; c) our acquisition of QED completed in the first quarter 2009; and d) our majority owned Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture.

Year ended December 31, 2008 vs. Year ended December 31, 2007

Selling and administrative expenses increased $14.5 million, or 2%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007. The increase was primarily due to the following:

 

   

Increased selling expenses primarily related to investments to enhance our strategic capabilities, such as with our acquisitions and our majority owned Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture; and

 

   

The impact of foreign exchange;

partially offset by:

 

   

Lower costs as a result of our reengineering efforts.

 

37


Table of Contents

Matters Impacting Both Operating Expenses and Selling and Administrative Expenses

Pension, Postretirement and 401(k) Plan

For our pension plans globally, we had a net pension periodic cost of $6.0 million, net pension periodic income of $3.7 million and net pension periodic cost of $10.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The fluctuation in the pension cost/income was due to the following:

 

   

The discount rates applied to the pension plans were major factors in driving the pension costs to fluctuate from year to year. The higher the discount rate, the lower the pension cost. The discount rate used to measure the pension costs for our U.S. plans for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was 6.10%, 6.37% and 5.84% , respectively.

 

   

Actuarial loss amortization included in annual pension expense was also a major factor in driving the pension costs to fluctuate from year-to-year. Actuarial loss amortization was largely impacted by the discount rate and plan experience. The higher the discount rate, the lower the loss amortization. Actuarial loss amortization included in annual pension expense for all global plans was $22.5 million, $16.2 million and $23.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, of which $21.5 million, $14.1 million and $19.7 million were attributable to our U.S. plans for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

   

Higher pension income in 2008 was primarily due to the higher discount rate applied to our U.S. plans and the major International plans, as well as lower actuarial loss amortization included in 2008.

We expect that the net pension cost in 2010 will be approximately $6 million for all of our global pension plans. Lower discount rates and higher actuarial losses subject to amortization will increase our 2010 pension cost. The discount rates applied to our U.S. plans and major International plan at January 1, 2010, are 38 basis points and 102 basis points lower than 2009, respectively. This increase in 2010 pension cost is substantially offset by the impact of a longer amortization period applied to our U.S. Qualified Plan. Starting in November 2009, the amortization period applied to the unrecognized actuarial gains or losses for our U.S. Qualified Plan has been changed from average future service years of active participants to average life expectancy of all plan participants. The change was the result of almost all the plan participants being deemed inactive.

We had postretirement benefit income of $1.3 million, $4.2 million and $3.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Lower postretirement benefit income in 2009 was primarily due to full amortization of the prior service credit. This prior service credit was related to the 2003 plan amendment to limit our insurance premium contribution. Higher postretirement benefit income in 2008 was primarily due to higher amortization of actuarial gain, which was driven by positive plan experience and changes in assumptions.

We expect postretirement benefit income will be approximately $3 million in 2010. The increase in income from 2009 to 2010 is primarily due to higher amortization of prior service credit, resulting from a plan amendment which will be effective March 1, 2010, that eliminates the company-paid life insurance benefits for retirees. In addition, we will only share the minimum necessary amount of subsidy received from the government in any year to maintain actuarial equivalence for as long as possible.

We had expense associated with our 401(k) Plan of $6.9 million, $19.2 million and $12.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The decrease in expense in 2009 was due to the amendment of our employer matching provision in the 401(k) Plan effective in February, 2009, to decrease our match formula from 100% to 50% of a team member’s contributions and to decrease the maximum match from seven percent (7%) to three percent (3%) of such team member’s eligible compensation, subject to certain 401(k) Plan limitations. The increase in expense in 2008 from 2007 was due to the amendment of our matching policy in the 401(k) Plan effective July 1, 2007, to increase our match formula from 50% to 100% of a team member’s contributions and to increase the maximum match to seven percent (7%) from six percent (6%), of such team member’s eligible compensation, subject to certain 401(k) Plan limitations.

 

38


Table of Contents

Effective in April 2010, we will increase the employer maximum match from three percent (3%) to seven percent (7%) of a team member’s eligible compensation, subject to certain 401(k) Plan limitations and we will continue to match 50% of a team member’s contributions.

We consider net pension cost and postretirement benefit income to be part of our compensation costs, and, therefore, they are included in operating expenses and in selling and administrative expenses, based upon the classifications of the underlying compensation costs. See the discussion of “Our Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—Pension and Postretirement Benefit Obligations,” above, and Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Stock-Based Compensation

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recognized total stock-based compensation expense of $22.3 million, $27.6 million and $25.9 million, respectively.

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recognized expense associated with our stock option programs of $9.5 million, $11.0 million and $11.9 million, respectively. The decreases for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, were primarily driven by a decrease in the overall number of employees eligible for stock options.

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recognized expense associated with our restricted stock, restricted stock units and restricted stock opportunity programs of $11.9 million, $15.6 million and $13.1 million, respectively. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008, was primarily driven by performance-based awards being below target, resulting in lower expense. The increase for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007, was primarily due to the addition of the 2008 annual grant and special grants awarded in the fourth quarter of 2007.

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recognized expense associated with our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) of $0.9 million, $1.0 million and $0.9 million, respectively.

We consider these costs to be part of our compensation costs and, therefore, they are included in operating expenses and in selling and administrative expenses, based upon the classifications of the underlying compensation costs.

Depreciation and Amortization

Year ended December 31, 2009 vs. Year ended December 31, 2008

Depreciation and amortization decreased $0.4 million, or 1%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008. The decrease for the year ended December 31, 2009 was primarily driven by a reassessment of the useful lives of our computer software in conjunction with changes in our technology strategy. We review the estimated remaining useful lives of our computer software and may extend the useful life when events and circumstances indicate the computer software can operate beyond its original or current useful life. Prior to the second quarter of 2009, the useful life of computer software assets was typically three to five years. We now expect the useful life of our back-end and back-office software to be in the range of five to eight years, and we have extended the useful lives accordingly. This reassessment included a review of the major components of our strategy and consideration of the effects of obsolescence, technology, competition and other economic factors on the useful life of these assets. The impact of this change was effective in the second quarter of 2009, and the impact for the year ended December 31, 2009 was a reduction in software amortization expense by approximately $7 million after-tax ($0.14 per diluted share).

The decrease was partially offset by an increase in amortization of acquired intangible assets resulting from our acquisitions and our majority owned joint ventures and increased capital costs for revenue generating investments to enhance our strategic capabilities.

 

39


Table of Contents

Year ended December 31, 2008 vs. Year ended December 31, 2007

Depreciation and amortization increased $11.9 million, or 26%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007. This increase was primarily driven by the increased capital costs for revenue generating investments to enhance our strategic capabilities (e.g., DNBi) and the amortization of acquired intangible assets resulting from our acquisitions and our majority owned joint ventures.

Restructuring Charge

Restructuring charges have been recorded in accordance with ASC 712-10, “Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits,” or “ASC 712-10,” and/or ASC 420-10, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations,” or “ASC 420-10,” as appropriate.

We record severance costs provided under an ongoing benefit arrangement once they are both probable and estimable in accordance with the provisions of ASC 712-10.

We account for one-time termination benefits, contract terminations, asset write-offs, and/or costs to terminate lease obligations less assumed sublease income in accordance with ASC 420-10, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with restructuring activities. Under ASC 420-10, we establish a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity, including severance and lease termination obligations, and other related costs, when the liability is incurred, rather than at the date that we commit to an exit plan. We reassess the expected cost to complete the exit or disposal activities at the end of each reporting period and adjust our remaining estimated liabilities, if necessary.

The determination of when we accrue for severance costs and which standard applies depends on whether the termination benefits are provided under an ongoing arrangement as described in ASC 712-10 or under a one-time benefit arrangement as defined by ASC 420-10. Inherent in the estimation of the costs related to the restructurings are assessments related to the most likely expected outcome of the significant actions to accomplish the exit activities. In determining the charges related to the restructurings, we had to make estimates related to the expenses associated with the restructurings. These estimates may vary significantly from actual costs depending, in part, upon factors that may be beyond our control. We will continue to review the status of our restructuring obligations on a quarterly basis and, if appropriate, record changes to these obligations in current operations based on management’s most current estimates.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded a $23.1 million restructuring charge in connection with Financial Flexibility initiatives. The significant components of these charges included:

 

   

Severance and termination costs of $12.7 million in accordance with the provisions of ASC 712-10 were recorded. Approximately 535 employees are impacted. Of these 535 employees, approximately 365 employees have exited the Company and approximately 170 employees will exit the Company in 2010; and

 

   

Lease termination obligations, other costs to consolidate or close facilities and other exit costs of $10.4 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a $31.4 million restructuring charge in connection with Financial Flexibility initiatives. The significant components of these charges included:

 

   

Severance and termination costs of $27.5 million in accordance with the provisions of ASC 712-10 were recorded. Approximately 500 employees were impacted; and

 

   

Severance and termination costs of $3.0 million in accordance with the provisions of ASC 420-10 were recorded. Approximately 40 employees were impacted.

 

40


Table of Contents

During the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded a $25.1 million restructuring charge in connection with Financial Flexibility initiatives. The significant components of these charges included:

 

   

Severance and termination costs of $22.7 million in accordance with the provisions of ASC 420-10 were recorded. Approximately 315 employees were impacted; and

 

   

Lease termination obligations, other costs to consolidate or close facilities and other exit costs of $2.4 million.

Interest Income (Expense)—Net

The following table presents our “Interest Income (Expense)—Net”:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
         2009             2008             2007      
     (Amounts in millions)  

Interest Income

   $ 3.0      $ 11.5      $ 7.3   

Interest Expense

     (45.7     (47.4     (28.3
                        

Interest Income (Expense)—Net

   $ (42.7   $ (35.9   $ (21.0
                        

Interest income decreased $8.5 million, or 74%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008, primarily attributable to lower interest rates, as well as lower amounts of invested cash. Interest income increased $4.2 million, or 57%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007, primarily due to higher interest-bearing investments partially offset by lower interest rates.

Interest expense decreased by $1.7 million, or 4%, for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008, primarily attributable to lower interest rates partially offset by higher amounts of average debt outstanding. Interest expense increased by $19.1 million, or 68%, for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007, primarily attributable to higher amounts of debt outstanding, partially offset by lower interest rates.

Other Income (Expense)—Net

The following table presents the components of “Other Income (Expense)—Net”:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
     2009    2008     2007
     (Amounts in millions)

Settlement of Legacy Tax Matter Arbitration(a)

   $ 4.1    $ 8.1      $ —  

Gain on Disposal of Italian Domestic Business(b)

     6.5      —          —  

Legacy Tax Matter Related to the Settlement of 2003 Tax Year(c)

     —        (7.7     —  

Gain Associated with Beijing D&B HuiCong Market Research Co., Ltd Joint Venture(d)

     —        0.6        —  

Gain Associated with Huaxia/D&B China Joint Venture(e)

     —        —          5.8

Gain Associated with Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture(f)

     —        —          13.2

Gain on Sale of Investment(g)

     —        —          0.9

Miscellaneous Other Income (Expense)—Net(h)

     0.1      4.1        1.8
                     

Other Income (Expense)—Net

   $ 10.7    $ 5.1      $ 21.7
                     

 

(a) During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we recognized gains on the receipt of awards related to Legacy Tax Matters.

 

41


Table of Contents
(b) During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized a gain as a result of the divestiture of the domestic portion of our Italian operations. See Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(c) During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recognized the reduction of a contractual receipt under the Tax Allocation Agreement between Moody’s Corporation and D&B as it relates to the expiration of the statute of limitations.

 

(d) During the year ended December 31, 2008, we entered into an agreement with HC International Inc. and established two joint venture companies including Beijing D&B HuiCong Market Research Co., Ltd. and Beijing HuiCong Market Research Co. Ltd., in which D&B has a 60% and 30% ownership interest, respectively. We recognized a gain of $0.6 million related to the minority owner’s share of the difference between the fair value of our contributed business and its carrying amount.

 

(e) During the year ended December 31, 2007, we entered into an agreement with Huaxia International Credit Consulting Co. Limited and established our majority owned joint venture to do business as Huaxia/D&B China. We recognized a gain of $5.8 million related to the minority owner’s share of the difference between the fair value of our contributed business and its carrying amount.

 

(f) During the year ended December 31, 2007, we entered into an agreement with Tokyo Shoko Research and established our majority owned joint venture or “Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture” to do business as Dun & Bradstreet TSR Ltd. We recognized a gain of $13.2 million related to the minority owner’s share of the difference between the fair value of our contributed business and its carrying amount.

 

(g) During the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded a gain related to the sale of an investment in Australia.

 

(h) Miscellaneous Other Income (Expense)—Net decreased for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to the negative impact of foreign exchange. Miscellaneous Other Income (Expense)—Net increased for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to the positive impact of foreign exchange.

Provision for Income Taxes

 

Effective Tax Rate for the Year Ended December 31, 2007

   31.9

Impact of Tax Reserves for Uncertain Tax Positions

   3.2

Impact of Tax Incurred in Connection with Huaxia/D&B China Joint Venture and Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture

   (2.5 )% 

Impact of Liquidation of Dormant International Entities

   (3.2 )% 

Other

   (0.2 )% 
      

Effective Tax Rate for the Year Ended December 31, 2008

   29.2
      

Impact of Benefits Derived From Worldwide Legal Entity Simplification

   (7.0 )% 

Impact of Settlement of Global Tax Audits

   3.2

Other

   0.5
      

Effective Tax Rate for the Year Ended December 31, 2009

   25.9
      

Discontinued Operations

On December 27, 2007, we sold our Italian real estate business for $9.0 million, which was a part of our International segment, and we have reclassified the historical financial results of the Italian real estate business as discontinued operations. We have reflected the results of this business as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of earnings for all periods presented as set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have recorded the resulting gain of $0.4 million (both pre-tax and after-tax) from the sale in the first quarter of 2008 in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

42


Table of Contents

Earnings Per Share

Effective January 1, 2009, we updated our policy to reflect the authoritative guidance in ASC 260-10, which clarifies that instruments granted in share-based payment transactions (e.g., stock-based awards) are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing Earnings Per Share (“EPS”) under the two-class method. The two-class method requires earnings to be allocated between common shareholders and holders of participating securities. All outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends are considered to be a separate class of common stock and should be included in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS. The EPS calculation is applied retrospectively to all prior-period EPS data presented. The impact of the adoption resulted in a four-cent and two-cent decrease to our basic and diluted EPS for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Based on a review of our stock-based awards, we have determined that only our restricted stock awards are deemed participating securities. The weighted average restricted shares outstanding was 0.4 million shares for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

The following table sets forth our EPS:

 

     For Years Ended December 31,
         2009            2008            2007    

Basic Earnings Per Share of Common Stock:

        

Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 6.06    $ 5.65    $ 4.99

Income from Discontinued Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

     —        0.02      0.09
                    

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 6.06    $ 5.67    $ 5.08
                    

Diluted Earnings Per Share of Common Stock:

        

Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 5.99    $ 5.56    $ 4.88

Income from Discontinued Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

     —        0.02      0.09
                    

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 5.99    $ 5.58    $ 4.97
                    

For the year ended December 31, 2009, basic EPS attributable to D&B common shareholders increased 7% compared with the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to a 3% increase in net income due to a lower effective tax rate, the benefit derived from the divestiture of the domestic portion of our Italian operations and a 4% reduction in the weighted average number of basic shares outstanding resulting from our total share repurchases. For the year ended December 31, 2009, diluted EPS attributable to D&B common shareholders increased 7% compared with the year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to a 3% increase in net income due to a lower effective tax rate, the benefit derived from the divestiture of the domestic portion of our Italian operations and a 4% reduction in the weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding resulting from our total share repurchases.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased 1.9 million shares of common stock for $150.0 million under our Board of Directors approved share repurchase programs. In addition, we repurchased 1.0 million shares of common stock for $75.6 million under our Board of Directors approved share repurchase program to mitigate the dilutive effect of shares issued under our stock incentive plans and ESPP.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, basic EPS attributable to D&B common shareholders increased 12% compared with the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to a 4% increase in net income due to increased operating performance, the favorable resolution of global tax audits including the liquidation of dormant International corporations and/or divested entities, settlement of a legacy tax matter arbitration, the release of

 

43


Table of Contents

reserves in 2008 for uncertain tax positions due to the expiration of a statute of limitations and a 7% reduction in the weighted average number of basic shares outstanding resulting from our total share repurchases. For the year ended December 31, 2008, diluted EPS attributable to D&B common shareholders increased 12% compared with the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to a 4% increase in net income due to increased operating performance, the favorable resolution of global tax audits including the liquidation of dormant International corporations and/or divested entities, settlement of a legacy tax matter arbitration, the release of reserves in 2008 for uncertain tax positions due to the expiration of a statute of limitations and a 7% reduction in the weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding resulting from our total share repurchases.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, we repurchased 3.5 million shares of common stock for $299.5 million under our Board of Directors approved share repurchase programs. In addition, we repurchased 0.9 million shares of common stock for $82.4 million under our Board of Directors approved share repurchase program to mitigate the dilutive effect of shares issued under our stock incentive plans and ESPP.

 

44


Table of Contents

Non-Core Gains and (Charges)

For internal management purposes, we treat certain gains and charges that are included in “Consolidated Operating Costs,” “Other Income (Expense)—Net” and “Provision for Income Taxes” as non-core gains and charges. These non-core gains and charges are summarized in the table below. We exclude non-core gains and charges when evaluating our financial performance because we do not consider these items to reflect our underlying business performance.

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
         2009             2008             2007      
     (Amounts in millions)  

Non-Core gains and (charges) included in Consolidated Operating Costs:

      

Restructuring Charges

   $ (23.1   $ (31.4   $ (25.1

Impaired Intangible Assets

   $ (3.0   $ —        $ —     

Settlement of International Payroll Tax Matter Related to a Divested Entity

   $ —        $ —        $ (0.8

Non-Core gains and (charges) included in Other Income (Expense)—Net:

      

Effect of Legacy Tax Matters

   $ 1.0      $ 1.2      $ 1.6   

Gain Associated with Huaxia/D&B China Joint Venture

   $ —        $ —        $ 5.8   

Gain Associated with Beijing D&B HuiCong Market Research Co., Ltd Joint Venture

   $ —        $ 0.6      $ —     

Gain Associated with Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture

   $ —        $ —        $ 13.2   

Net Gain (Loss) on the Sale of Other Investments

   $ —        $ —        $ 0.9   

Tax Reserve true-up for the Settlement of the 2003 tax year, related to the “Amortization and Royalty Expense Deductions” transaction

  

$

—  

  

 

$

(7.7

 

$

—  

  

Settlement of Legacy Tax Matter Arbitration

   $ 4.1      $ 8.1      $ —     

Gain on Disposal of Italian Domestic Business

   $ 6.5      $ —        $ —     

Non-Core gains and (charges) included in Provision for Income Taxes:

      

Tax Reserve true-up for the Settlement of 1997-2002 tax years, primarily related to the “Amortization of Royalty Expense/Deductions/Royalty Income 1997-2007” transaction

   $ —        $ —        $ 31.2   

Net Gain (Loss) on the Sale of Other Investments

   $ —        $ —        $ (0.3

Restructuring Charges

   $ 8.4      $ 11.2      $ 9.4   

Impaired Intangible Assets

   $ 1.2      $ —        $ —     

Gain Associated with Beijing D&B HuiCong Market Research Co., Ltd Joint Venture

   $ —        $ (0.1   $ —     

Effect of Legacy Tax Matters

   $ (1.0   $ (1.2   $ (1.6

Settlement of International Payroll Tax Matter Related to a Divested Entity

   $ —        $ —        $ 0.2   

Settlement of Legacy Tax Matter Arbitration

   $ (3.1   $ (3.1   $ —     

Gain Associated with Huaxia/D&B China Joint Venture

   $ —        $ —        $ (2.9

Gain Associated with Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture

   $ —        $ —        $ (8.3

Impact of revaluing the Net Deferred Tax Assets in the UK as a result of a UK tax law change, enacted in Q3 2007, Which Reduces the General UK Tax Rate From 30% to 28%

   $ —        $ —        $ (2.5

Tax Reserve True-up for the Settlement of the 2003 tax year, related to the “Amortization and Royalty Expense Deductions” transaction

   $ —        $ 15.4      $ —     

Favorable Resolution of Global Tax Audits including the Liquidation of Dormant International Corporations and/or Divested Entities

   $ —        $ 22.7      $ —     

Interest on IRS Deposit

   $ —        $ 1.3      $ —     

Benefits Derived From Worldwide Legal Entity Simplification

   $ 36.2      $ —        $ —     

Gain on Disposal of Italian Domestic Business

   $ 3.5      $ —        $ —     

 

45


Table of Contents

Segment Results

As of January 1, 2009, Canada has been moved out of our International segment and into our renamed “North America” segment (formerly our U.S. segment). Therefore, on January 1, 2009, we began managing our operations through the following two segments: North America (which consists of the U.S. and Canada) and International (which consists of our operations in Europe, Asia Pacific and Latin America). We have conformed historical amounts to reflect the new segment structure.

Our results are reported under the following two segments: North America and International. The segments reported below are our segments for which separate financial information is available and upon which operating results are evaluated on a timely basis to assess performance and to allocate resources.

North America

North America is our largest segment representing 78%, 79% and 81% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and 79%, 81% and 83% of our core revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

There were no divestitures within this segment during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. The following table presents our North America total and core revenue by customer solution set and North America operating income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
     2009    2008    2007
     (Amounts in millions)

Revenue:

        

Risk Management Solutions

   $ 808.9    $ 825.3    $ 790.7

Sales & Marketing Solutions

     385.5      418.3      398.2

Internet Solutions

     115.3      120.6      102.4
                    

North America Total and Core Revenue

   $ 1,309.7    $ 1,364.2    $ 1,291.3
                    

Operating Income

   $ 482.5    $ 513.3    $ 480.8
                    

Year ended December 31, 2009 vs. Year ended December 31, 2008

North America Overview

North America total and core revenue decreased $54.5 million, or 4% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange), for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008.

North America Customer Solution Sets

On a customer solution set basis, the $54.5 million decrease in core revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, reflects:

Risk Management Solutions

 

   

A decrease in Risk Management Solutions of $16.4 million, or 2% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange).

 

46


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2009, Traditional Risk Management Solutions, which accounted for 72% of total North America Risk Management Solutions, decreased 3% (2% decrease before the effect of foreign exchange). The decrease was primarily due to:

 

   

Lower purchases of our traditional legacy products due to economic and budgetary pressures;

partially offset by:

 

   

Higher purchases due to a conversion from our legacy products to subscription plans from existing customers including the customers who previously purchased value-added solutions. These subscription plans provide our customers with unlimited use of our Risk Management reports and data. We continue to see high single digit price lifts when existing customers renew and double digit price lifts when customers convert to DNBi. Also, with more than half of our Risk Management Solutions revenue already on DNBi, we have a smaller base available for conversion.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, Value-Added Risk Management Solutions, which accounted for 21% of total North America Risk Management Solutions, decreased 3% (2% decrease before the effect of foreign exchange). The decrease was primarily due to:

 

   

Lower purchases of our legacy VAP’s products from our customers due to economic and budgetary pressures;

partially offset by:

 

   

Higher purchases from existing customers of new modules enabled by our DNBi platform.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, Supply Management Solutions, which accounted for 7% of total North America Risk Management Solutions, increased 9% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange), on a small base.

Sales & Marketing Solutions

 

   

A decrease in Sales & Marketing Solutions of $32.8 million, or 8% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange).

For the year ended December 31, 2009, Traditional Sales & Marketing Solutions, which accounted for 37% of total North America Sales & Marketing Solutions, decreased 12% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange). The decrease was primarily due to:

 

   

Lower purchases of our legacy products from our customers due to a weak economy and budgetary pressures. This is largely driven by a secular trend, as customers shift from direct mail activities to digital marketing to reduce costs;

 

   

A shift in timing of early renewals (primarily into 2008);

partially offset by:

 

   

Increased revenue associated with our acquisition of QED completed in the first quarter of 2009, which contributed five points of the growth.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, Value-Added Sales & Marketing Solutions, which accounted for 63% of total North America Sales & Marketing Solutions, decreased 5% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange). The decrease was primarily due to:

 

   

Lower purchases of our legacy products from our customers due to economic pressures. We continue to have consistent customer retention but the dollar spend per customer has declined; and

 

   

A shift in timing of early renewals (primarily into 2008);

 

47


Table of Contents

partially offset by:

 

   

Higher purchases from certain of our customers due to our providing more value through bundled offerings.

Internet Solutions

 

   

A decrease in Internet Solutions of $5.3 million, or 4% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange), as a result of a decline in renewal sales of our subscription plans triggered by a reduction in the budgets of our customers and a decline in advertising revenue partially offset by a benefit from one large customer deal.

The lower demand in 2009 will impact our 2010 financial results, and, as such, revenue will remain weak through the first half of the year. We expect a gradual recovery as 2010 unfolds. For 2010, we expect revenue in North America to be slightly better than 2009. We expect the first quarter revenue decline for North America to be similar to our fourth quarter 2009 and then show a gradual improvement in trends over the course of the year as a result of:

 

  1) Improving upfront customer commitment trends;

 

  2) Greater new customer acquisition due to our new “Go-To-Market” strategy; and

 

  3) The benefit of our product investments we made in 2009.

We expect our Risk Management Solutions revenue results in the first half of 2010 to continue to feel the impact of lower 2009 up-front demand for our subscription products. Specifically, we expect the Risk Management Solutions rate of decline to get slightly worse in the first quarter of 2010 than it was in the fourth quarter of 2009, before gradually improving over the rest of 2010 as our new customer initiatives gain traction.

In addition, since our Internet Solutions business is primarily a subscription business, the results reflect our weak up-front demand in sales earlier in 2009. As a result, we expect these trends to continue to be weak in the first half of 2010, before stabilizing in the second half of 2010.

North America Operating Income

North America operating income for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $482.5 million, compared to $513.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, a decrease of $30.8 million, or 6%. The decrease in operating income was primarily attributable to:

 

   

A decrease in North America revenue;

 

   

Increased costs associated with our strategic investments; and

 

   

An increase in expenses primarily associated with the acquisition of QED;

partially offset by:

 

   

Lower costs as a result of our reengineering efforts and decreased variable expenses (e.g., commissions, bonuses and travel related expenses).

Year ended December 31, 2008 vs. Year ended December 31, 2007

North America Overview

North America total and core revenue increased $72.9 million, or 6% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange), for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. The increase reflects growth in all of our customer solution sets.

 

48


Table of Contents

North America Customer Solution Sets

On a customer solution set basis, the $72.9 million increase in total and core revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, reflects:

Risk Management Solutions

 

   

An increase in Risk Management Solutions of $34.6 million, or 4% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange).

For the year ended December 31, 2008, Traditional Risk Management Solutions, which accounted for 73% of total North America Risk Management Solutions, increased 4% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange). The primary drivers of this growth were:

 

   

Growth in our subscription plans, due to growth of customers renewing from a subscription plan as well as our existing customers converting from our legacy products to subscription plans. These subscription plans provide our customers with unlimited use of our Risk Management reports and data;

partially offset by:

 

   

Lower purchases of our legacy products by our small customers.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, Value-Added Risk Management Solutions, which accounted for 21% of total North America Risk Management Solutions, increased 2% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange). The primary drivers of this growth were:

 

   

Higher purchases from existing customers of new modules enabled by our DNBi platform;

partially offset by:

 

   

A shift in product mix to our Preferred Pricing Agreement with DNBi subscription plans (as noted above).

For the year ended December 31, 2008, Supply Management Solutions, which accounted for 6% of total North America Risk Management Solutions, increased 11% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange), on a small base.

Sales & Marketing Solutions

 

   

An increase in Sales & Marketing Solutions of $20.1 million, or 5% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange).

For the year ended December 31, 2008, Traditional Sales & Marketing Solutions, which accounted for 39% of total North America Sales & Marketing Solutions, increased 4% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange). The increase was primarily due to:

 

   

Existing customers increasing their annual sales commitment and changing the structure from monthly to upfront annually; and

 

   

Shift in timing of renewals (primarily from the first quarter of 2009);

partially offset by:

 

   

Lower purchases of our legacy products.

 

49


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2008, Value-Added Sales & Marketing Solutions, which accounted for 61% of total North America Sales & Marketing Solutions, increased 6% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange). The increase was primarily due to:

 

   

Increased purchases from existing customers; and

 

   

Increased revenue associated with our acquisition of Purisma completed in the fourth quarter of 2007;

partially offset by:

 

   

A slow down in purchases in the fourth quarter of 2008 as a result of the weakening economy, pressure on customer budgets and our execution in the marketplace.

Internet Solutions

 

   

An increase in Internet Solutions of $18.2 million, or 18% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange). The increase was due to continued growth in subscription revenue in prior quarters and the AllBusiness.com acquisition completed in the fourth quarter of 2007.

North America Operating Income

North America operating income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $513.3 million, compared to $480.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $32.5 million, or 7%. The increase in operating income was primarily attributed to:

 

   

An increase in North America revenue;

partially offset by:

 

   

Increased costs associated with our acquisitions; and

 

   

Increased costs associated with investments to enhance our strategic capabilities.

International

International represented 22%, 21% and 19% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

On May 29, 2009, we completed the sale of substantially all the assets and liabilities of the domestic portion of our Italian operations. This sale has been classified as a “Divestiture.” See Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further detail. Our divested business contributed 1% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 3% of our total revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

International represented 21%, 19% and 17% of our core revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The following table presents our International revenue by customer solution set and International operating income for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

50


Table of Contents

Additionally, this table reconciles the non-GAAP measure of core revenue to the GAAP measure of total revenue by customer solution set.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
         2009            2008            2007    
     (Amounts in millions)

Revenue:

        

Risk Management Solutions

   $ 262.9    $ 245.1    $ 200.7

Sales & Marketing Solutions

     89.1      65.0      55.0

Internet Solutions

     3.4      4.3      5.1
                    

International Core Revenue

     355.4      314.4      260.8

Divested Businesses

     21.9      47.7      47.1
                    

International Total Revenue

   $ 377.3    $ 362.1    $ 307.9
                    

Operating Income

   $ 81.1    $ 70.9    $ 54.2
                    

Year ended December 31, 2009 vs. Year ended December 31, 2008

International Overview

International total revenue increased $15.2 million, or 4% (14% increase before the effect of foreign exchange), for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, reflecting an increase of $41.0 million, or 13% (23% increase before the effect of foreign exchange) in core revenue. Our divestiture of the domestic portion of our Italian operations in the second quarter of 2009 accounted for $21.9 million and $47.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The increase in core revenue was primarily due to:

 

   

Increased revenue as a result of a) our consolidation of our majority owned joint ventures in: i) D&B India completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; ii) HC International, Inc. in China completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; and iii) RoadWay in China completed in the third quarter of 2009; and b) the acquisition of ICC completed in the third quarter of 2009, which in the aggregate, all the previously mentioned contributed fourteen points of the growth;

 

   

Increased revenue from our Asia Pacific market primarily from our majority owned Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture;

 

   

Increased revenue from a) providing increased cross-border data from our operations to members of our D&B Worldwide Network attributable to fulfillment services and product usage; b) our commercial agreement to provide global data to our Italian customers entered into in connection with our divestiture of the domestic portion of our Italian operations; and c) our focus on investments in data quality; and

 

   

Growth in our subscription plans in certain of our European markets for existing customers who are willing to increase the level of business they do with us;

partially offset by:

 

   

The negative impact of foreign exchange.

International Customer Solution Sets

On a customer solution set basis, the $41.0 million increase in International core revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, reflects:

Risk Management Solutions

 

   

An increase in Risk Management Solutions of $17.8 million, or 7% (18% increase before the effect of foreign exchange).

 

51


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2009, Traditional Risk Management Solutions, which accounted for 84% of International Risk Management Solutions, increased 12% (22% increase before the effect of foreign exchange). The increase in Traditional Risk Management solutions was primarily due to:

 

   

Increased revenue as a result of a) our consolidation of our majority owned joint venture in D&B India completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; and b) the acquisition of ICC completed in the third quarter of 2009, which in the aggregate, all the previously mentioned contributed nine points of the growth;

 

   

Increased revenue from our Asia Pacific market primarily from our majority owned Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture;

 

   

Growth in our subscription plans in certain of our European markets for existing customers who are willing to increase the level of business they do with us; and

 

   

Increased revenue from a) providing cross-border data from our operations to members of our D&B Worldwide Network attributable to fulfillment services and product usage; and b) our commercial agreement to provide global data to our Italian customers entered into in connection with our divestiture of the domestic portion of our Italian operations;

partially offset by:

 

   

The negative impact of foreign exchange.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, Value-Added Risk Management Solutions, which accounted for 15% of International Risk Management Solutions, decreased 12% (1% decrease before the effect of foreign exchange) primarily due to:

 

   

The negative impact of foreign exchange; and

 

   

Lower purchases in our UK market from our customers due to economic and budgetary pressures;

partially offset by:

 

   

Increased revenue from members of our D&B Worldwide Network, primarily related to our commercial agreement to provide global data to our Italian customers entered into in connection with our divestiture of the domestic portion of our Italian operations; and

 

   

Higher purchases from existing customers in certain of our Asia Pacific markets.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, Supply Management Solutions, which accounted for 1% of International Risk Management Solutions, increased 14% (28% increase before the effect of foreign exchange) on a small base.

Sales & Marketing Solutions

 

   

An increase in Sales & Marketing Solutions of $24.1 million, or 37% (42% increase before the effect of foreign exchange).

For the year ended December 31, 2009, Traditional Sales & Marketing Solutions, which accounted for 53% of International Sales & Marketing Solutions, increased 62% (84% increase before the effect of foreign exchange). This increase was primarily due to increased revenue as a result of our consolidation of our majority owned joint ventures in: i) D&B India completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; ii) HC International, Inc. in China completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; and iii) RoadWay in China completed in the third quarter of 2009;

partially offset by:

 

   

The negative impact of foreign exchange.

 

52


Table of Contents

For the year ended December 31, 2009, Value-Added Sales & Marketing Solutions, which accounted for 47% of International Sales & Marketing Solutions, increased 17% (14% increase before the effect of foreign exchange). The increase was primarily due to increased revenue from our Asia Pacific market primarily from our majority owned Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture and the positive impact of foreign exchange.

Internet Solutions

 

   

A decrease in Internet Solutions of $0.9 million, or 20% (3% decrease before the effect of foreign exchange), on a small base.

International Operating Income

International operating income for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $81.1 million, compared to $70.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, an increase of $10.2 million, or 14%, primarily due to:

 

   

An increase in core revenue;

 

   

Lower costs as a result of our divestiture of the domestic portion of our Italian operations; and

 

   

Lower costs as a result of our reengineering efforts;

partially offset by:

 

   

Increased data acquisition costs and fulfillment costs primarily associated with a) our consolidation of our majority owned joint ventures in: i) D&B India completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; ii) HC International, Inc. in China completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; and iii) RoadWay in China completed in the third quarter of 2009; b) our acquisition of ICC completed in the third quarter of 2009; c) our Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture; and d) increased costs in certain of our European markets;

 

   

Higher variable selling expenses related to a) increased revenue (e.g., commissions, bonus, etc.); b) our consolidation of our majority owned joint ventures in: i) D&B India completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; ii) HC International, Inc. in China completed in the fourth quarter of 2008; iii) RoadWay in China completed in the third quarter of 2009; c) the acquisition of ICC completed in the third quarter of 2009; and d) our Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture;

 

   

The negative impact of foreign exchange; and

 

   

Increased investments in our UK market to maintain our UK data coverage and quality.

Year ended December 31, 2008 vs. Year ended December 31, 2007

International Overview

International total revenue increased $54.2 million, or 18% (14% increase before the effect of foreign exchange), for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, reflecting an increase of $53.6 million, or 21% (18% increase before the effect of foreign exchange) in core revenue. Our divestiture of the domestic portion of our Italian operations in the second quarter of 2009 accounted for $47.7 million and $47.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The increase in core revenue was primarily due to:

 

   

Increased revenue as a result of the establishment of our Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture completed in the fourth quarter of 2007;

 

   

The positive impact of foreign exchange; and

 

   

Growth in our subscription plans in certain of our International markets for existing customers who are willing to increase the level of business they do with us.

 

53


Table of Contents

International Customer Solution Sets

On a customer solution set basis, the $53.6 million increase in International core revenue for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, reflects:

Risk Management Solutions

 

   

An increase in Risk Management Solutions of $44.4 million, or 22% (19% increase before the effect of foreign exchange).

For the year ended December 31, 2008, Traditional Risk Management Solutions, which accounted for 80% of International Risk Management Solutions, increased 24% (21% increase before the effect of foreign exchange). The increase in Traditional Risk Management Solutions is primarily due to:

 

   

Increased revenue as a result of the establishment of our Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture completed in the fourth quarter of 2007;

 

   

The positive impact of foreign exchange;

 

   

Growth in our subscription plans in certain of our International markets for existing customers who are willing to increase the level of business they do with us, including customers who previously purchased value-added solutions on a non-subscription basis; and

 

   

Growth from purchases from our D&B Worldwide Network for fulfillment services and product usage.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, Value-Added Risk Management Solutions, which accounted for 18% of International Risk Management Solutions, increased 15% (both before and after the effect of foreign exchange), primarily due to:

 

   

Higher project-oriented business in our UK market;

 

   

Price increases in our European markets in the second half of the 2008 fiscal year; and

 

   

Impact of recognition of deferred revenue from prior quarter sales in our Benelux market;

partially offset by:

 

   

A shift in product mix to our subscription plans (as noted above).

For the year ended December 31, 2008, Supply Management Solutions, which accounted for 2% of International Risk Management Solutions, decreased 15% (16% decrease before the effect of foreign exchange) on a small base.

Sales & Marketing Solutions

 

   

Sales & Marketing Solutions increased $10.0 million, or 19% (17% increase before the effect of foreign exchange).

For the year ended December 31, 2008, Traditional Sales & Marketing Solutions, which accounted for 44% of International Sales & Marketing Solutions, decreased 7% (3% decrease before the effect of foreign exchange). This was primarily attributed to lower revenue in certain of our International markets, resulting from an increasingly competitive marketplace and economic pressures.

For the year ended December 31, 2008, Value-Added Sales & Marketing Solutions, which accounted for 56% of International Sales & Marketing Solutions, increased 51% (44% increase before the effect of foreign exchange). The increase was primarily due to:

 

   

Increased revenue as a result of the establishment of our Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture completed in the fourth quarter of 2007;

 

54


Table of Contents
   

The positive impact of foreign exchange; and

 

   

Price increases in our European markets in the second half of the 2008 fiscal year.

Internet Solutions

 

   

A decrease in Internet Solutions of $0.8 million, or 15% (13% decrease before the effect of foreign exchange), on a small base.

Operating Income

International operating income for the year ended December 31, 2008 was $70.9 million, compared to $54.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2007, an increase of $16.7 million, or 31%, primarily due to:

 

   

An increase in core revenue;

 

   

Lower costs as a result of our reengineering efforts; and

 

   

The impact of foreign exchange;

partially offset by:

 

   

Increased data acquisition costs and costs associated with our Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture;

 

   

Investment in data purchases, new products, product enhancements and fulfillment services; and

 

   

Higher variable selling expenses related to increased revenue (e.g., commissions, bonus, etc.).

Market Risk

We are exposed to the impact of interest rate changes, foreign currency fluctuations and changes in the market value of certain of our investments.

We employ established policies and procedures to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates and foreign currencies. We use foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge short-term foreign currency denominated loans, investments and certain third-party and intercompany transactions. From time-to-time, we use foreign exchange option contracts to reduce our International earnings exposure to adverse changes in foreign exchange rates. In addition, from time-to-time, we use interest rate derivatives to hedge a portion of the interest rate exposure on our outstanding debt or in anticipation of future debt issuance, as discussed under “Interest Rate Risk Management” below.

A discussion of our accounting policies for financial instruments is included in the summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and further disclosure relating to financial instruments is included in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Interest Rate Risk Management

In January 2009 and December 2008, we entered into interest rate swap agreements with aggregate notional amounts of $25 million and $75 million, respectively, and designated these swaps as cash flow hedges against variability in cash flows related to our bank revolving credit facility. These transactions were accounted for as cash flow hedges and, as such, changes in fair value of the hedges are recorded in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (“AOCI”). At December 31, 2009, the balance of net derivative losses associated with these swaps included in AOCI was approximately $0.8 million.

 

55


Table of Contents

In January 2008, we entered into interest rate derivative transactions with an aggregate notional amount of $400 million. The objective of these hedges was to mitigate the variability of future cash flows from market changes in Treasury rates in the anticipation of the April 2008 debt issuance. These transactions were accounted for as cash flow hedges and, as such, changes in fair value of the hedges that took place through the date of debt issuance were recorded in AOCI. In connection with the issuance of the senior notes in April 2008 with a face value of $400 million that mature on April 1, 2013, bearing interest at an annual rate of 6.00%, payable semi-annually (the “2013 notes”), these interest rate derivative transactions were executed, resulting in a payment of $8.5 million at the date of termination. The payments are recorded in AOCI, and will be amortized over the life of the 2013 notes.

In February 2006 and September 2005, we entered into interest rate derivative transactions with aggregate notional amounts of $100 million and $200 million, respectively. The objective of these hedges was to mitigate the variability of future cash flows from market changes in Treasury rates in the anticipation of the below referenced debt issuance. These transactions were accounted for as cash flow hedges, and as such, changes in fair value of the hedges that took place through the date of debt issuance were recorded in AOCI. In connection with the issuance of the senior notes (the “2011 notes”), these interest rate derivative transactions were executed, resulting in proceeds of approximately $5.0 million at the date of termination. The proceeds are recorded in AOCI and will be amortized over the life of the 2011 notes.

At December 31, 2006, we had a $300 million bank revolving credit facility available at prevailing short-term interest rates, which we terminated on April 19, 2007, and then entered into a new $500 million, five-year bank revolving credit facility, which expires in April 2012. On January 25, 2008, we exercised a $150 million expansion feature on our $500 million credit facility expanding the total facility to $650 million. Borrowings under the $650 million credit facility are available at prevailing short-term interest rates. At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, we had $259.4 million and $203.4 million of floating-rate debt outstanding under the facility, respectively.

A 100 basis point increase/decrease in the weighted average interest rate on our outstanding variable rate debt at December 31, 2009, would result in an incremental increase/decrease in annual interest expense of approximately $2 million.

Foreign Exchange Risk Management

We have numerous offices in various countries outside North America and conduct operations in various countries through minority equity investments and strategic relationships with local providers. Our International operations generated approximately 22% and 21% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Approximately 38% and 34% of our assets as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were located outside of North America.

Our objective in managing exposure to foreign currency fluctuations is to reduce the volatility caused by foreign exchange rate changes on the earnings, cash flows and financial position of our International operations. We follow a policy of hedging balance sheet positions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency applicable to each of our various subsidiaries. In addition, we are subject to foreign exchange risk associated with our International earnings and investments.

We use short-term, foreign exchange forward and option contracts to implement our hedging strategies. Typically, these contracts have maturities of twelve months or less. These contracts are denominated primarily in the British pound sterling, the Euro and Canadian dollar. The gains and losses on the forward contracts associated with the balance sheet positions hedge are recorded in “Other Income (Expense)—Net” in our consolidated financial statements and are essentially offset by the gains and losses on the underlying foreign currency transactions.

 

56


Table of Contents

As in prior years, we have hedged substantially all balance sheet positions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency applicable to each of our various subsidiaries with short-term forward foreign exchange contracts. In addition, from time-to-time, we use foreign exchange option contracts to hedge certain foreign earnings and foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge certain net investment positions. The underlying transactions and the corresponding forward exchange and option contracts are marked-to-market at the end of each quarter and are reflected within our consolidated financial statements.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we did not have any option contracts outstanding. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had a notional amount of approximately $271.0 million and $254.5 million, respectively, of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding that offset foreign currency denominated loans. Realized gains and losses associated with these contracts were $24.9 million and $13.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009; $16.2 million and $41.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008; and $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2007. Unrealized gains and losses associated with these contracts were $0.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009; $0.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008; and $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 2007.

If exchange rates were to increase on average 10% from year-end levels, without the benefit of having hedging activities, the unrealized loss would be approximately $10 million. If exchange rates on average were to decrease 10% from year-end levels, without the benefit of having hedging activities, the unrealized gain would be approximately $8 million. However, the estimated potential gain and loss on these contracts is expected to be substantially offset by changes in the dollar value of the underlying transactions.

Liquidity and Financial Position

In connection with our focus on delivering Total Shareholder Return, we will remain disciplined in the use of our shareholders’ cash, maintaining three key priorities for the use of this cash:

 

   

First, making ongoing investments in the business to drive growth;

 

   

Second, investing in acquisitions that we believe will be value-accretive to enhance our capabilities and accelerate our growth; and

 

   

Third, continuing to return cash to shareholders.

We believe that cash provided by operating activities, supplemented as needed with available financing arrangements, is sufficient to meet our short-term needs (twelve months or less), including restructuring charges, transition costs, contractual obligations and contingencies (see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K), excluding the legal matters identified in such note for which exposures cannot be estimated or are not probable. In addition, we believe that our ability to readily access the bank and capital markets for incremental financing needs will enable us to meet our continued focus on Total Shareholder Return. We have the ability to access the short-term borrowings market from time-to-time to fund working capital needs, acquisitions and share repurchases. Such borrowings would be supported by our credit facility, when needed.

The unprecedented disruption in the economic environment has had a significant adverse impact on a number of commercial and financial institutions. At this point in time our liquidity has not been impacted by the credit environment and management does not expect that it will be materially impacted in the near-future. Management continues to closely monitor our liquidity, the credit markets and our financial counterparties. However, management cannot predict with any certainty the impact to us of any further disruption in the credit environment.

The following discussions are on a continuing operations basis and therefore exclude the results of the Italian real estate business. See Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

57


Table of Contents

Cash Provided by Operating Activities from Continuing Operations

Net cash provided by operating activities was $369.5 million, $433.9 million and $384.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Year ended December 31, 2009 vs. Year ended December 31, 2008

Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $64.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to the year ended December 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily driven by:

 

   

Timing of payments of accounts payable and accrued liabilities (e.g., investments, data purchases, etc.);

 

   

An increase in net tax payments;

 

   

An increase in restructuring payments associated with our Financial Flexibility initiatives; and

 

   

Lower collections;

partially offset by:

 

   

Increased net income of our underlying business excluding the impact of non-cash gains and losses.

Year ended December 31, 2008 vs. Year ended December 31, 2007

Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $49.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 compared to the year ended December 31, 2007. This increase was primarily driven by:

 

   

Increased net income of our underlying business excluding the impact of non-cash gains and losses;

 

   

A decrease in restructuring payments associated with our Financial Flexibility initiatives; and

 

   

Increased collections;

partially offset by:

 

   

An increase in both tax payments and interest expense payments.

Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities from Continuing Operations

Net cash used in investing activities was $120.7 million, $154.5 million and $216.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Year ended December 31, 2009 vs. Year ended December 31, 2008

Net cash used in investing activities was $120.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, as compared to cash used in investing activities of $154.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The $33.8 million decrease primarily reflects the following activities:

 

   

Cash settlements of our foreign currency contracts for our hedged transactions resulted in cash inflows of $11.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to cash outflows of $25.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008;

partially offset by:

 

   

A net increase in additions to computer software and other intangibles and capital expenditures, which was primarily used to fund software development, product and platform enhancements across all three of our solution sets. Capital expenditures were approximately 4% of revenue in 2009 and we expect them to be approximately 5% of revenue in 2010; and

 

58


Table of Contents
   

During the year ended December 31, 2009, in connection with our initiatives to drive long-term growth, we spent $74.6 million on acquisitions/majority-owned joint ventures and other investments, net of cash acquired, as compared to $69.2 million, net of cash acquired, during the year ended December 31, 2008. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information.

Year ended December 31, 2008 vs. Year ended December 31, 2007

Net cash used in investing activities was $154.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008, as compared to cash used in investing activities of $216.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The $61.9 million decrease primarily reflects the following activities:

 

   

During the year ended December 31, 2008, in connection with our initiatives to drive long-term growth, we spent $69.2 million on acquisitions/majority-owned joint ventures and other investments, net of cash acquired, as compared to $146.5 million, net of cash acquired, during the year ended December 31, 2007. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further information;

 

   

A decrease in capital expenditures and additions to computer software and other intangibles, which was primarily used to fund software development, product and platform enhancements across all three of our solution sets. The decrease of $12.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007 was primarily driven by a longer software product development cycle in 2008 versus 2007. The decrease in capital expenditures is related to approximately $6.1 million of furniture and equipment primarily related to our Center Valley, Pennsylvania facility, which was included in accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006, and was paid for in the year ended December 31, 2007; and

 

   

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we received approximately $9.0 million in cash from the sale of our Italian real estate business on December 27, 2007;

partially offset by:

 

   

Cash settlements of our foreign currency contracts for our hedged transactions resulted in cash outflows of $25.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to cash outflows of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Cash Used in Financing Activities from Continuing Operations

Net cash used in financing activities was $213.1 million, $242.5 million and $143.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. As set forth below for all these years, these changes primarily relate to contractual obligations, share repurchases and dividends.

Contractual Obligations

Debt

In April 2008, we issued notes with a face value of $400 million that mature on April 1, 2013, bearing interest at a fixed annual rate of 6.00%, payable semi-annually. The proceeds from this issuance were used to repay indebtedness under our credit facility.

On January 30, 2008, we entered into interest rate derivative transactions with an aggregate notional amount of $400 million. The objective of these hedges was to mitigate the variability of future cash flows from market changes in Treasury rates in anticipation of the issuance of the 2013 notes. These transactions were accounted for as cash flow hedges and, as such, changes in fair value of the hedges that took place through the date of the issuance of the 2013 notes were recorded in AOCI. In connection with the issuance of the 2013 notes, these interest rate derivative transactions were executed, resulting in a payment of $8.5 million at the date of termination. The payments are recorded in AOCI, and are being amortized over the life of the 2013 notes.

 

59


Table of Contents

Credit Facility

At December 31, 2007, we had a $500 million, five-year bank revolving credit facility, which expires in April 2012. Borrowings under the $500 million credit facility are available at prevailing short-term interest rates. On January 25, 2008, we exercised a $150 million expansion feature on our $500 million credit facility expanding the total facility to $650 million. We had $259.4 million and $203.4 million of borrowings outstanding under the $650 million credit facility at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. At December 31, 2007, we had $425.3 million of borrowings outstanding under the $500 million credit facility. We borrowed under these facilities from time-to-time during the year ended December 31, 2009 to fund our share repurchases, acquisition strategy and working capital needs.

Share Repurchases

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased 2.9 million shares of common stock for $225.6 million under our share repurchase programs. The share repurchases are comprised of the following programs:

 

   

In February 2009, our Board of Directors approved a $200 million share repurchase program which commenced in December 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased 0.2 million shares of common stock for $22.7 million under this share repurchase program. We anticipate that this program will be completed by December 2011.

 

   

In December 2007, our Board of Directors approved a $400 million, two-year share repurchase program which commenced in February 2008. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased 1.7 million shares of common stock for $127.3 million under this share repurchase program. This program was completed in December 2009; and

 

   

In August 2006, our Board of Directors approved a four-year, five million share repurchase program to mitigate the dilutive effect of the shares issued under our stock incentive plans and ESPP. We repurchased 1.0 million shares of common stock for $75.6 million under this program during the year ended December 31, 2009. This program expires in August 2010. We anticipate that this program will be completed prior to maturity in August 2010.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we repurchased 4.4 million shares of common stock for $381.9 million under our share repurchase programs. The share repurchases are comprised of the following programs:

 

   

In December 2007, our Board of Directors approved a $400 million, two-year share repurchase program, which commenced in February 2008. We repurchased 3.2 million shares of common stock for $272.7 million under this share repurchase program during the year ended December 31, 2008;

 

   

In May 2007, our Board of Directors approved a $200 million, one-year share repurchase program, which commenced in July 2007. We repurchased 0.3 million shares of common stock for $26.8 million under this repurchase program during the year ended December 31, 2008. This program was completed in February 2008; and

 

   

In August 2006, our Board of Directors approved a four-year, five million share repurchase program to mitigate the dilutive effect of the shares issued under our stock incentive plans and ESPP. We repurchased 0.9 million shares of common stock for $82.4 million under this program during the year ended December 31, 2008. This program expires in August 2010.

During the year ended December 31, 2007, we repurchased 4.5 million shares of common stock for $408.5 million under our share repurchase programs. The share repurchases are comprised of the following programs:

 

   

In May 2007, our Board of Directors approved a $200 million, one-year share repurchase program, which began in July 2007 upon the completion of the then existing $200 million program. We purchased 1.9 million shares of common stock for $173.2 million under the new $200 million program during the year ended December 31, 2007. This program was completed in February 2008;

 

60


Table of Contents
   

In August 2006, our Board of Directors approved a $200 million, one-year share repurchase program which began in October 2006. We repurchased 1.4 million shares of common stock for $125.0 million under this program during the year ended December 31, 2007. This program was completed in July 2007; and

 

   

In August 2006, our Board of Directors approved a four-year, five million share repurchase program to mitigate the dilutive effect of the shares issued under our stock incentive plans and ESPP. We repurchased 1.2 million shares of common stock for $110.3 million during the year ended December 31, 2007. This program expires in August 2010.

Dividends

The total amount of dividends paid during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $71.5 million, $65.6 million and $58.4 million, respectively.

Future Liquidity—Sources and Uses of Funds

Contractual Cash Obligations

The following table quantifies, as of December 31, 2009, our contractual obligations that will require the use of cash in the future.

 

Contractual Obligations(a)

  Total   2010   2011   2012   2013   2014   Thereafter   All Other
    (Amounts in millions)

Long-Term Debt(1)

  $ 1,064.2   $ 43.5   $ 329.3   $ 284.6   $ 406.2   $ 0.1   $ 0.5   $ —  

Operating Leases(2)

  $ 128.2   $ 30.6   $ 24.3   $ 20.1   $ 14.2   $ 12.7   $ 26.3   $ —  

Obligations to Outsourcers(3)

  $ 373.1   $ 121.7   $ 93.0   $ 67.3   $ 51.3   $ 39.8   $ —     $ —  

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Payments/Contributions(4)

  $ 891.5   $ 38.4   $ 45.9   $ 34.2   $ 33.2   $ 32.3   $ 707.5   $ —  

Spin-off Obligation(5)

  $ 21.5   $ 21.5   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —  

Unrecognized Tax Benefits(6)

  $ 129.0   $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ —     $ 129.0

 

(a) Because their future cash flows are uncertain, noncurrent liabilities are excluded from the table.

 

(1) Primarily represents our senior notes with a face value of $300 million that mature in March 2011, net of a $0.2 million discount, bearing interest at a fixed annual rate of 5.50%, payable semi-annually, borrowings outstanding under our bank credit facility at short-term interest rates and our senior notes with a face value of $400 million that mature in April 2013, bearing interest at a fixed annual rate of 6.00%, payable semi-annually. Amounts include the interest portion on future obligations. The interest rate on our senior notes is presented using the stated interest rate. Interest expense on our bank credit facility is estimated using the rate in effect as of December 31, 2009.

 

(2) Most of our operations are conducted from leased facilities, which are under operating leases that expire over the next ten years, with the majority expiring within five years. We also lease certain computer and other equipment under operating leases that expire over the next three and five years, respectively. These computer and other equipment leases are frequently renegotiated or otherwise changed as advancements in computer technology produce opportunities to lower costs and improve performance.

 

(3)

In July 2002, we outsourced certain technology functions to Computer Sciences Corporation (“CSC”) under a 10-year agreement, which we had the right to terminate for a fee at any time and under certain other conditions. Under the terms of the agreement, CSC’s responsibilities included data center operations, technology help desk and network management functions in the U.S. and UK as well as certain application development and maintenance functions. This agreement was amended in March 2008, which, among other things, increased certain services level agreements that CSC is required to provide under the Technology Services Agreement and added additional security services to be performed by CSC. In August 2009, we

 

61


Table of Contents
 

entered into a wind down agreement with CSC and Acxiom Corporation (“Acxiom”) which terminated all of the data center operations functions provided by CSC, effective September 2009. In September 2009 we entered into a new agreement with CSC for limited print and fulfillment services that remained with CSC. We incurred costs of $50.6 million, $77.6 million and $80.4 million under this contract for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

In December 2003, we signed a three-year agreement with ICT Group, Inc. (“ICT”), effective January 2004, to outsource certain marketing call center activities, which agreement contains two renewal options for up to a one-year period. The agreement was amended effective September 2007 to be extended through 2011. Under the terms of the agreement, ICT is responsible for performing certain marketing and credit-calling activities previously performed by our own call centers in North America. The obligation under the contract is based upon transmitted call volumes, but shall not be less than $3 million per contract year. We incurred costs of $3.3 million, $3.2 million and $4.5 million under this contract for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

In October 2004, we signed a seven-year outsourcing agreement with International Business Machines (“IBM”). Under the terms of the agreement, we have transitioned certain portions of our data acquisition and delivery and customer service to IBM. We may terminate this agreement for a fee at any time. We incurred costs of $26.2 million, $30.1 million and $30.7 million under this contract for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

In July 2006, we signed a four-year product and technology outsourcing agreement with Acxiom in order to significantly increase the speed, data processing capacity and matching capabilities we provide our global sales and marketing customers. In November 2008, we extended the term of the outsourcing agreement through 2011. In November 2008 we entered into an agreement that will expand our service capabilities, enhance customer experience and accelerate the migration of the remaining existing D&B fulfillment processes to Acxiom.

In May 2009, and as part of our ongoing Financial Flexibility initiatives, we entered into another agreement with Acxiom to provide certain infrastructure management services that were formerly provided by CSC. These services include data center operations, technology help desk and network management functions. The agreement has an initial term ending in October 2014. In addition, after expiration of the initial term, we have the right to extend the agreement under the same terms for up to a maximum period of three years. Payments to Acxiom over the initial five year contract term based on current volumes will aggregate to approximately $285 million. The agreement provides for typical adjustments due to changes in volume, inflation and incremental project work. Payments made for the provision of such services in 2009 did not differ materially from payments that were expected to be made under our prior arrangement with CSC. However, we anticipate savings to be generated over the life of the contract.

In addition, in December 2009 we signed a three-year data maintenance and support agreement with Acxiom. Payments over the contract term will aggregate approximately $5 million. The agreement provides for typical adjustments due to changes in volume, inflation and incremental project work.

We incurred costs of $42.5 million, $7.5 million and $6.6 million under all of these agreements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Total payments to Acxiom over the remaining terms of the above contracts will aggregate to approximately $290 million.

 

(4) Represents projected contributions to our non-U.S. defined benefit plans as well as projected benefit payments related to our unfunded plans, including the U.S. Non-Qualified Plans and our postretirement benefit plan. We do not expect to make any contributions to our U.S. Qualified Plan. The expected benefits are estimated based on the same assumptions used to measure our benefit obligation at the end of 2009 and include benefits attributable to estimated future employee service. A closed group approach is used in calculating the projected benefit payments, assuming only the participants who are currently in the valuation population are included in the projection and the projected benefits continue for up to approximately 99 years.

 

62


Table of Contents
(5) As part of our spin-off from Moody’s/The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“D&B2”) in 2000, Moody’s/D&B2 and D&B entered into a Tax Allocation Agreement (“TAA”). Under the TAA, Moody’s/D&B2 and D&B agreed that Moody’s/D&B2 would be entitled to deduct the compensation expense associated with the exercise of Moody’s stock options (including Moody’s stock options exercised by D&B employees) and D&B would be entitled to deduct the compensation expense associated with the exercise of D&B stock options (including D&B stock options exercised by employees of Moody’s/D&B2). Put simply, the tax deduction would go to the company that granted the stock options, rather than to the employer of the individual exercising the stock options. The TAA provides, however, that if the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) issues rules, regulations or other authority contrary to the agreed-upon treatment of the compensation expense deductions under the TAA, then the party that becomes entitled under such guidance to take the deduction may be required to reimburse the other party for the tax benefit it has realized, in order to compensate the other party for its loss of such deduction. In 2002 and 2003, the IRS issued rulings that appear to provide that, under the circumstances applicable to Moody’s/D&B2 and D&B, the compensation expense deduction belongs to the employer of the option grantee and not to the issuer of the option (e.g., D&B would be entitled to deduct the compensation expense associated with D&B employees exercising Moody’s/D&B2 options and Moody’s/D&B2 would be entitled to deduct the compensation expense associated with Moody’s/D&B2 employees exercising D&B options). We have filed tax returns for 2001 through 2008, and made estimated tax deposits for 2009, consistent with the IRS’ rulings. Under the TAA, we may be required to reimburse Moody’s/D&B2 for the loss of compensation expense deductions relating to tax years 2003 to 2009 of approximately $21.5 million in the aggregate for such years. In 2005 and 2006, we paid Moody’s/D&B2 approximately $30.1 million in the aggregate under the TAA. We have not made any payments to Moody’s/D&B2 since the first quarter of 2006. We may also be required to pay additional amounts in the future based upon interpretations by the parties of the TAA and the IRS’ rulings.

 

(6) We have a total amount of unrecognized tax benefits of $136.9 million for the year ending December 31, 2009. Although we do not anticipate payments within the next twelve months for these matters, these could require the aggregate use of cash totaling approximately $129.0 million. As we cannot make reliable estimates regarding the timing of the cash flows by period, we have included unrecognized tax benefits within the “All Other” column in the table above.

Capital Structure

Every year we examine our capital structure and review our plans. During 2010, in connection with our focus on Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”), we anticipate continued share repurchases and cash dividends.

We believe that cash provided by operating activities, supplemented as needed with readily available financing arrangements, is sufficient to meet our short-term needs, including the cash cost of restructuring charges, transition costs, contractual obligations and contingencies, excluding the legal matters identified herein for which exposures cannot be estimated. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

As we execute our long-term TSR strategy, which contemplates strategic acquisitions, we may require or consider additional financing to fund our TSR strategy. We regularly evaluate market conditions, our liquidity profile and various financing alternatives for opportunities to enhance our capital structure. While we feel confident that such financing arrangements are available to us, there can be no guarantee that we will be able to access new sources of liquidity when required.

The unprecedented disruption in the economic environment has had a significant adverse impact on a number of commercial and financial institutions. At this point in time, our liquidity has not been impacted by the credit environment and management does not expect that it will be materially impacted in the near future. Management continues to closely monitor our liquidity, the credit markets and our financial counterparties. However, management cannot predict with any certainty the impact to us of any further disruption in the credit environment.

 

63


Table of Contents

Share Repurchases and Dividends

In order to mitigate the dilutive effect of the shares issued under our stock incentive plans and ESPP, our Board of Directors approved in August 2006, a four-year, five million share repurchase program. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased 1.0 million shares of common stock for $75.6 million under this program with 0.8 million shares remaining to be repurchased. We anticipate that this program will be completed prior to maturity in August 2010.

In February 2009, our Board of Directors approved a $200 million share repurchase program which commenced in December 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased 0.2 million shares of common stock for $22.7 million under this share repurchase program with $177.3 million remaining under this program. We anticipate that this program will be completed by December 2011.

On February 4, 2010, our Board of Directors approved the declaration of a dividend of $0.35 per share for the first quarter of 2010. This cash dividend will be payable on March 18, 2010 to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 3, 2010.

Two-Year Strategic Technology Investment Program

On February 4, 2010, we announced an approximately two-year strategic technology investment program aimed at strengthening our leading position in commercial data and improving our current technology platform to meet emerging needs of customers. We anticipate spending approximately $110 million to $130 million over approximately the next two years to complete the program, with approximately $45 million to $55 million of the spend occurring in 2010. Approximately 60% of the spend will be recognized as an increase to expenses and the remainder as capital expenditures.

Potential Payments in Legal Matters

We and our predecessors are involved in certain legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. These matters are at various stages of resolution, but could ultimately result in significant cash payments as described in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We believe we have adequate reserves recorded in our consolidated financial statements for our share of current exposures in these matters, where applicable, as described therein.

Pension Plan and Postretirement Benefit Plan Contribution Requirements

For financial statement reporting purposes, the funded status of our pension plans, as determined in accordance with GAAP, had a deficit of $121.5 million, $257.0 million and $72.3 million for the U.S. Qualified Plan, the U.S. Non-Qualified Plans and the non-U.S. plans, respectively at December 31, 2009, as compared to deficits of $155.5 million, $235.8 million, and $45.9 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008. The improvement in the funded status of the U.S. Qualified Plan was primarily due to better asset performance in 2009, partially offset by a higher projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2009 which was driven by a lower discount rate. The deterioration in the funded status of the U.S. Non-Qualified Plans and the non-U.S. plans was primarily due to a higher projected benefit obligation at December 31, 2009, mainly driven by lower discount rates and the negative impact from a change in foreign currency exchange rates, partially offset by higher asset gains in 2009. See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

During fiscal 2009, we were not required to make contributions to the U.S. Qualified Plan, the largest of our six plans, under funding regulations associated with the Pension Protection Act of 2006 (“PPA 2006”) as the plan was considered “fully funded” for the 2008 plan year. We do not expect to make any contributions to the U.S. Qualified Plan in fiscal 2010 for the 2009 plan year. Final funding requirements for fiscal 2010 were determined based on our January 2010 funding actuarial valuation.

 

64


Table of Contents

We expect to continue to make cash contributions to our other pension plans during 2010. The expected 2010 contribution is approximately $31 million, compared to $24.4 million in 2009. In addition, we expect to make benefit payments related to our postretirement benefit plan of approximately $7 million during 2010, compared to $8.4 million in 2009. See the Contractual Cash Obligations table above for projected contributions and benefit payments beyond 2009.

Effective March 1, 2010, we will eliminate company-paid life insurance benefits for retirees. In addition, we will only share the minimum necessary amount of subsidy received from the government in any year to maintain actuarial equivalence for as long as possible.

Effective in April 2010, we will increase our employer maximum match from three percent (3%) to seven percent (7%) of a team member’s eligible compensation, subject to certain 401(k) Plan limitations and we will continue to match 50% of a team member’s contributions. We expect 2010 cash contributions to the 401(k) Plan to be approximately $9 million compared to $6.9 million in 2009. See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for changes to our 401(k) Plan.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Related Party Transactions

We do not have any transactions, obligations or relationships that could be considered off-balance sheet arrangements except for those disclosed in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additionally, we have not engaged in any significant related-party transactions.

Fair Value Measurements

As described in Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements in ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” which has been applied prospectively beginning January 1, 2008 for all financial assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated financial statements at fair value. The authoritative guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and expands fair value measurement disclosures. The guidance also allowed for a one-year delay of the effective date for fair value measurements for all non-financial assets and liabilities, except for those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. We delayed the effective date and applied the measurement provisions for all non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a non-recurring basis until January 1, 2009. Our non-recurring non-financial assets and liabilities include long-lived assets held and used, goodwill and intangible assets. These assets are recognized at fair value when they are deemed to be impaired. As of December 31, 2009, we did not have any unobservable (Level III) inputs in determining fair value for our assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis other than our real estate funds.

Forward-Looking Statements

We may from time-to-time make written or oral “forward-looking” statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, including statements contained in filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, in reports to shareholders and in press releases and investor Web casts. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words like “anticipates,” “aspirations,” “believes,” “continues,” “estimates,” “expects,” “goals,” “guidance,” “intends,” “plans,” “projects,” “strategy,” “targets,” “commits,” “will” and other words of similar meaning. They can also be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts.

We cannot guarantee that any forward-looking statement will be realized. Achievement of future results is subject to risks, uncertainties and inaccurate assumptions. Should known or unknown risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove inaccurate, actual results could vary materially from those anticipated, estimated or projected. Investors should bear this in mind as they consider forward-looking

 

65


Table of Contents

statements and whether to invest in, or remain invested in, our securities. In connection with the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, we are identifying in the following paragraphs important factors that, individually or in the aggregate, could cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements made by us; any such statement is qualified by reference to the following cautionary statements.

The following important factors could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in such forward-looking statements:

 

   

We rely significantly on third parties to support critical components of our business model in a continuous and high quality manner, including third-party data providers, strategic third-party members in our D&B Worldwide Network, and third parties with whom we have outsourcing arrangements;

 

   

Our ability to implement and successfully maintain our recently announced approximately two-year strategic technology investment program;

 

   

Demand for our products is subject to intense competition, changes in customer preferences and economic conditions which impact customer behavior;

 

   

Our solutions and brand image are dependent upon the integrity and security of our global database and the continued availability thereof through the internet and by other means, as well as our ability to protect key assets, such as our data centers;

 

   

Our ability to maintain the integrity of our brand and reputation, which we believe are key assets and competitive advantages;

 

   

Our ability to renew large contracts, the related revenue recognition and the timing thereof, or a shift in product mix, may impact our results of operations from period-to-period;

 

   

As a result of the macro-economic challenges currently affecting the global economy, our customers or vendors may experience cash flow problems. This may cause our customers to delay, cancel or significantly decrease their purchases from us and impact their ability to pay amounts owed to us. In addition, our vendors may substantially increase their prices without notice. Such behavior may adversely affect our earnings and cash flow. In addition, if economic conditions in the United States and other key markets deteriorate further or do not show improvement, we may experience material adverse impacts to our business, operating results, and/or access to credit markets;

 

   

Our results are subject to the effects of foreign economies, exchange rate fluctuations, legislative or regulatory requirements, such as the adoption of new or changes in accounting policies and practices, including pronouncements by the Financial Accounting Standards Board or other standard setting bodies, and the implementation or modification of fees or taxes that we must pay to acquire, use, and/or redistribute data;

 

   

Our ability to introduce new solutions or services in a seamless way and without disruption to existing solutions such as DNBi;

 

   

Our ability to acquire and successfully integrate other complementary businesses, products and technologies into our existing business, without significant disruption to our existing business or to our financial results;

 

   

The continued adherence by third-party members of our D&B Worldwide Network to our quality standards, our brand and communication standards and to the terms and conditions of our commercial services arrangements;

 

   

Our future success requires that we attract and retain qualified personnel, including members of our sales force and technology teams, in regions throughout the world;

 

   

The profitability of our International segment depends on our ability to identify and execute on various initiatives, such as the continued implementation of subscription plan pricing and successfully

 

66


Table of Contents
 

managing our D&B Worldwide Network, and our ability to identify and contend with various challenges present in foreign markets, such as local competition and the availability of public records at no cost;

 

   

Our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy requires that we successfully reduce our expense base through our Financial Flexibility initiatives, and reallocate certain of the expense-base reductions into initiatives that produce desired revenue growth;

 

   

We are involved in various tax matters and legal proceedings, the outcomes of which are unknown and uncertain with respect to the impact on our cash flow and profitability;

 

   

Our ability to repurchase shares is subject to market conditions, including trading volume in our stock, and our ability to repurchase shares in accordance with applicable securities laws; and

 

   

Our projection for free cash flow is dependent upon our ability to generate revenue, our collection processes, customer payment patterns, the timing and volume of stock option exercises and the amount and timing of payments related to the tax and other matters and legal proceedings in which we are involved.

We elaborate on the above list of important factors throughout this document and in our other filings with the SEC, particularly in the discussion of our Risk Factors in Item 1A. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. It should be understood that it is not possible to predict or identify all risk factors. Consequently, the above list of important factors and the Risk Factors discussed in Item 1A. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K should not be considered to be a complete discussion of all of our potential trends, risks and uncertainties. Except as otherwise required by federal securities laws, we do not undertake any obligation to update any forward-looking statement we may make from time-to-time.

 

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Information in response to this Item is set forth under the caption “Market Risk” in Item 7. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

67


Table of Contents
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Financial Statements and Schedules

 

     Page(s)

Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements

   69

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

   69

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   70

Consolidated Financial Statements:

  

Consolidated Statement of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

   71

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008

   72

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

   73

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended December  31, 2009, 2008 and 2007

   74

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

   75

Schedules

Schedules are omitted as they are not required or inapplicable or because the required information is provided in our consolidated financial statements, including the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

 

68


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S RESPONSIBILITY FOR FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Management is responsible for the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and related information appearing in this report. Management believes that the consolidated financial statements fairly reflect the form and substance of transactions and that the consolidated financial statements reasonably present our financial position and results of operations in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. Management also has included in the consolidated financial statements amounts that are based on estimates and judgments which it believes are reasonable under the circumstances.

An independent registered public accounting firm audits our consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and their report is provided herein.

MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER

FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Management designed our internal control systems in order to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the framework in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective at the reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2009.

The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009 has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

 

69


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, shareholders’ equity (deficit) and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” on page 69. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 Income Taxes in 2007.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Florham Park, New Jersey

February 25, 2010

 

70


Table of Contents

THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

 

    For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
    2009     2008*     2007*  
   

(Amounts in millions,

except per share data)

 

Revenue

  $ 1,687.0      $ 1,726.3      $ 1,599.2   
                       

Operating Expenses

    500.3        480.7        430.4   

Selling and Administrative Expenses

    641.0        686.0        671.5   

Depreciation and Amortization

    58.1        58.5        46.6   

Restructuring Charge

    23.1        31.4        25.1   
                       

Operating Costs

    1,222.5        1,256.6        1,173.6   
                       

Operating Income

    464.5        469.7        425.6   
                       

Interest Income

    3.0        11.5        7.3   

Interest Expense

    (45.7     (47.4     (28.3

Other Income (Expense)—Net

    10.7        5.1        21.7   
                       

Non-Operating Income (Expense)—Net

    (32.0     (30.8     0.7   
                       

Income from Continuing Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes and Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

    432.5        438.9        426.3   

Provision for Income Taxes

    112.1        128.0        135.8   

Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

    1.6        1.0        1.3   
                       

Income from Continuing Operations

    322.0        311.9        291.8   
                       

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes

    —          0.7        5.4   

Gain on Disposal of Italian Real Estate Business, Net of Tax Impact

    —          0.4        —     
                       

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes

    —          1.1        5.4   
                       

Net Income

    322.0        313.0        297.2   

Less: Net (Income) Loss Attributable to the Noncontrolling Interest

    (2.6     (2.4     0.9   
                       

Net Income Attributable to D&B

  $ 319.4      $ 310.6      $ 298.1   
                       

Basic Earnings Per Share of Common Stock:

     

Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to D&B

     

Common Shareholders

  $ 6.06      $ 5.65      $ 4.99   

Income from Discontinued Operations Attributable to D&B

     

Common Shareholders

    —          0.02        0.09   
                       

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

  $ 6.06      $ 5.67      $ 5.08   
                       

Diluted Earnings Per Share of Common Stock:

     

Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to D&B

     

Common Shareholders

  $ 5.99      $ 5.56      $ 4.88   

Income from Discontinued Operations Attributable to D&B

     

Common Shareholders

    —          0.02        0.09   
                       

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

  $ 5.99      $ 5.58      $ 4.97   
                       

Weighted Average Number of

     

Shares Outstanding—Basic

    52.3        54.4        58.3   

Weighted Average Number of

     

Shares Outstanding—Diluted

    52.9        55.3        59.6   

Amounts Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

     

Income from Continuing Operations, Net of Income Taxes

  $ 319.4      $ 309.5      $ 292.7   

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes

    —          1.1        5.4   
                       

Net Income Attributable to D&B

  $ 319.4      $ 310.6      $ 298.1   
                       

Cash Dividend Paid Per Common Share

  $ 1.36      $ 1.20      $ 1.00   

Comprehensive Income Attributable to D&B

  $ 352.4      $ (57.2   $ 396.9   

 

* Reflects the adoption of the Financial Accounting Standards Board guidance on noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements. See Note 2, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” for additional information.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

71


Table of Contents

THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

     December 31,  
     2009     2008*  
     (Amounts in millions,
except per share data)
 

ASSETS

    

Current Assets

    

Cash and Cash Equivalents

   $ 222.9      $ 164.2   

Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowance of $15.5 at December 31, 2009 and $17.4 at December 31, 2008

     464.1        461.8   

Other Receivables

     8.0        11.4   

Prepaid Taxes

     3.1        3.9   

Deferred Income Tax

     31.4        29.9   

Other Current Assets

     30.1        24.6   
                

Total Current Assets

     759.6        695.8   
                

Non-Current Assets

    

Property, Plant and Equipment, Net of Accumulated Depreciation of $80.6 at December 31, 2009 and $80.7 at December 31, 2008

     53.6        53.1   

Computer Software, Net of Accumulated Amortization of $347.7 at December 31, 2009 and $303.7 at December 31, 2008

     119.2        96.0   

Goodwill

     440.8        397.6   

Deferred Income Tax

     181.9        190.0   

Other Receivables

     43.8        43.4   

Other Intangibles (Note 15)

     91.2        65.3   

Other Non-Current Assets

     59.3        44.8   
                

Total Non-Current Assets

     989.8        890.2   
                

Total Assets

   $ 1,749.4      $ 1,586.0   
                

LIABILITIES

    

Current Liabilities

    

Accounts Payable

   $ 36.4      $ 63.0   

Accrued Payroll

     104.9        115.1   

Accrued Income Tax

     3.0        29.8   

Short-Term Debt

     1.7        0.5   

Other Accrued and Current Liabilities (Note 15)

     173.4        163.6   

Deferred Revenue

     539.7        536.5   
                

Total Current Liabilities

     859.1        908.5   
                

Pension and Postretirement Benefits

     490.5        504.8   

Long-Term Debt

     961.8        904.3   

Liabilities for Unrecognized Tax Benefits

     115.5        81.6   

Other Non-Current Liabilities

     56.5        37.4   
                

Total Liabilities

     2,483.4        2,436.6   
                

Contingencies (Note 13)

    

EQUITY

    

D&B SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

    

Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, authorized—0.5 shares; outstanding—none

     —          —     

Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share, authorized—9.5 shares; outstanding—none

     —          —     

Series Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, authorized—10.0 shares; outstanding—none

     —          —     

Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share, authorized—200.0 shares; issued—81.9 shares

     0.8        0.8   

Capital Surplus

     209.5        206.1   

Retained Earnings

     1,830.7        1,582.8   

Treasury Stock, at cost, 30.7 shares at December 31, 2009 and 28.6 shares at December 31, 2008

     (2,097.7     (1,924.4

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

     (689.0     (722.0
                

Total D&B Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

     (745.7     (856.7
                

Noncontrolling Interest

     11.7        6.1   
                

Total Equity (Deficit)

     (734.0     (850.6
                

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit)

   $ 1,749.4      $ 1,586.0   
                

 

* Reflects the adoption of the Financial Accounting Standards Board guidance on noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements. See Note 2, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” for additional information.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

72


Table of Contents

THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
         2009             2008*             2007*      
     (Amounts in millions)  

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

      

Net Income

   $ 322.0      $ 313.0      $ 297.2   

Less:

      

Gain from Sale of Discontinued Operations

     —          0.4        —     

Net Income from Discontinued Operations

     —          0.7        5.4   
                        

Net Income from Continuing Operations

   $ 322.0      $ 311.9      $ 291.8   

Reconciliation of Net Income to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:

      

Depreciation and Amortization

     58.1        58.5        46.6   

Amortization of Unrecognized Pension Loss

     17.3        7.7        15.9   

Gain from Sales of Businesses

     (6.5     (1.3     (19.9

Income Tax Benefit from Stock-Based Awards

     14.2        22.7        33.8   

Excess Tax Benefit on Stock-Based Awards

     (7.7     (14.4     (26.4

Equity-Based Compensation

     22.3        27.6        25.9   

Restructuring Charge

     23.1        31.4        25.1   

Restructuring Payments

     (30.5     (14.5     (31.2

Deferred Income Taxes, Net

     40.7        28.4        (38.7

Accrued Income Taxes, Net

     (28.8     13.3        88.4   

Changes in Current Assets and Liabilities:

      

Increase in Accounts Receivable

     (2.2     (36.4     (30.0

(Increase) Decrease in Other Current Assets

     (0.1     1.1        (4.1

Increase in Deferred Revenue

     6.6        24.6        44.3   

(Decrease) Increase in Accounts Payable

     (31.5     35.2        (5.4

Net Increase (Decrease) in Accrued Liabilities

     3.8        (31.9     16.1   

Net (Decrease) Increase in Other Accrued and Current Liabilities

     (1.4     5.6        (0.1

Changes in Non-Current Assets and Liabilities:

      

Net Increase in Other Long-Term Assets

     (0.1     (33.7     (28.1

Net (Decrease) Increase in Long-Term Liabilities

     (35.4     1.9        (16.2

Net, Other Non-Cash Adjustments

     5.6        (3.8     (3.2
                        

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities from Continuing Operations

     369.5        433.9        384.6   

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities from Discontinued Operations

     —          2.6        9.3   
                        

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

     369.5        436.5        393.9   
                        

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

      

Proceeds from Sales of Businesses, Net of Cash Divested

     11.7        8.8        2.0   

Payments for Acquisitions of Businesses, Net of Cash Acquired

     (74.6     (69.2     (146.5

Investment in Debt Security

     (5.0     (10.0     —     

Cash Settlements of Foreign Currency Contracts

     11.3        (25.6     (0.3

Capital Expenditures

     (9.2     (11.8     (13.7

Additions to Computer Software and Other Intangibles

     (56.1     (47.7     (58.4

Net, Other

     1.2        1.0        0.5   
                        

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities from Continuing Operations

     (120.7     (154.5     (216.4

Net Cash (Used in) Investing Activities from Discontinued Operations

     —          (11.7     (0.8
                        

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Investing Activities

     (120.7     (166.2     (217.2
                        

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

      

Payments for Purchases of Treasury Shares

     (225.6     (381.9     (408.5

Net Proceeds from Stock-Based Awards

     21.2        23.8        31.3   

Proceeds from Issuance of Long-Term Debt

     —          400.0        —     

Payment of Bond Issuance Costs

     —          (3.0     —     

Payments of Dividends

     (71.5     (65.6     (58.4

Proceeds from Borrowings on Credit Facilities

     311.6        779.6        750.7   

Payments of Borrowings on Credit Facilities

     (255.6     (1,001.5     (484.9

Termination of Interest Rate Derivatives

     —          (8.5     —     

Excess Tax Benefit on Stock-Based Awards

     7.7        14.4        26.4   

Net, Other

     (0.9     0.2        0.4   
                        

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities

     (213.1     (242.5     (143.0
                        

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents

     23.0        (53.3     17.6   
                        

Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents

     58.7        (25.5     51.3   

Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Period

     164.2        189.7        138.4   
                        

Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Period

   $ 222.9      $ 164.2      $ 189.7   

Cash and Cash Equivalents of Discontinued Operations, End of Period

     —          —          13.9   
                        

Cash and Cash Equivalents of Continuing Operations, End of Period

   $ 222.9      $ 164.2      $ 175.8   
                        

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

      

Cash Paid (Received) for:

      

Income Taxes, Net of Refunds

   $ 86.0      $ 63.6      $ 52.4   

Interest

   $ 43.7      $ 41.0      $ 27.9   

 

* Reflects the adoption of the Financial Accounting Standards Board guidance on noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements. See Note 2, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” for additional information.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

73


Table of Contents

THE DUN & BRADSTREET CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

    For the Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008* and 2007*  
                        Accumulated Other Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
                         
  Common
Stock
($0.01
Par
Value)
  Capital
Surplus
    Retained
Earnings
    Treasury
Stock
    Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
    Minimum
Pension
Liability
Adjustment
    Derivative
Financial
Instrument
    Total D&B
Shareholders’
Equity
(Deficit)
    Noncontrolling
Interest
    Total
Equity
(Deficit)
    Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
  (Dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)  

Balance, January 1, 2007

    0.8     186.8        1,132.2        (1,265.9     (153.5     (302.4     2.9        (399.1     —          (399.1  
                                                                               

Net Income

        298.1                298.1        (0.9     297.2      $ 297.2   

Purchase of shares

                  —          4.5        4.5     

Equity-Based Plans

      3.1          70.6              73.7          73.7     

Treasury Shares Acquired

          (408.5           (408.5       (408.5  

Pension Adjustments, net
of tax of $132

              79.3          79.3          79.3        79.3   

Dividend Declared

        (75.5             (75.5       (75.5  

Uncertain Tax Position Adoption

        (34.1             (34.1       (34.1  

Adjustments to Legacy Tax Matters

      6.5                  6.5          6.5     

Change in Cumulative Translation Adjustment

            20.5            20.5          20.5        20.5   

Derivative Financial Instrument, net of tax of $0.1

                (1.0     (1.0       (1.0     (1.0
                           

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)

                      $ 396.0   
                                                                                     

Balance, December 31, 2007

    0.8     196.4        1,320.7        (1,603.8     (133.0     (223.1     1.9        (440.1     3.6        (436.5  
                                                                               

Comprehensive Income Attributable to the Noncontrolling Interest

                        0.9   
                           

Comprehensive Income Attributable to D&B

                      $ 396.9   
                           

Net Income

        310.6                310.6        2.4        313.0      $ 313.0   

Equity-Based Plans

      3.2          61.3              64.5          64.5     

Treasury Shares Acquired

          (381.9           (381.9       (381.9  

Pension Adjustments, net
of tax of $186.9

              (291.1       (291.1       (291.1     (291.1

Dividend Declared

        (48.5             (48.5       (48.5  

Adjustments to Legacy Tax Matters

      6.5                  6.5          6.5     

Change in Cumulative Translation Adjustment

            (71.3         (71.3     0.5        (70.8     (70.8

Acquisitions/Joint Ventures

                  —          (0.4     (0.4  

Derivative Financial Instrument, net of tax of $3.4

                (5.4     (5.4       (5.4     (5.4
                           

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)

                      $ (54.3
                                                                                     

Balance, December 31, 2008

    0.8     206.1        1,582.8        (1,924.4     (204.3     (514.2     (3.5     (856.7     6.1        (850.6  
                                                                               

Comprehensive Income Attributable to the Noncontrolling Interest

                        (2.9
                           

Comprehensive Income Attributable to D&B

                      $ (57.2
                           

Net Income

        319.4                319.4        2.6        322.0      $ 322.0   

Purchase of shares

                  —          3.2        3.2     

Payment to noncontrolling interest

                  —          (0.5     (0.5  

Equity-Based Plans

      (3.1       52.3              49.2          49.2     

Treasury Shares Acquired

          (225.6           (225.6       (225.6  

Pension Adjustments, net of tax of $2.3

              (10.4       (10.4       (10.4     (10.4

Dividend Declared

        (71.5             (71.5       (71.5  

Adjustments to Legacy Tax Matters

      6.5                  6.5          6.5     

Change in Cumulative Translation Adjustment

            42.9            42.9        0.3        43.2        43.2   

Derivative Financial Instruments, no tax impact

                0.5        0.5          0.5        0.5   
                           

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)

                      $ 355.3   
                                                                                     

Balance, December 31, 2009

  $ 0.8   $ 209.5      $ 1,830.7      $ (2,097.7   $ (161.4   $ (524.6   $ (3.0   $ (745.7   $ 11.7      $ (734.0  
                                                                               

Comprehensive Income Attributable to the Noncontrolling Interest

                        (2.9
                           

Comprehensive Income Attributable to D&B

                      $ 352.4   
                           

 

* Reflects the adoption of the Financial Accounting Standards Board guidance on noncontrolling interests in consolidated financial statements. See Note 2, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” for additional information.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

 

74


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“D&B” or “we” or “our”) is the world’s leading source of commercial information and insight on businesses, enabling customers to Decide with Confidence® for over 168 years. Our global commercial database contains more than 150 million business records. The database is enhanced by our proprietary DUNSRight® Quality Process, which provides our customers with quality business information. This quality information is the foundation of our global solutions that customers rely on to make critical business decisions.

We provide solution sets that meet a diverse set of customer needs globally. Customers use our Risk Management Solutions™ to mitigate credit and supplier risk, increase cash flow and drive increased profitability; our Sales & Marketing Solutions™ to increase revenue from new and existing customers; and our Internet Solutions™ to convert prospects into clients faster by enabling business professionals to research companies, executives and industries.

Basis of Presentation. The preparation of financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the period reported. As discussed throughout this Note 1, we base our estimates on historical experience, current conditions and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include: valuation allowances for receivables and deferred income tax assets; liabilities for potential tax exposure and potential litigation claims and settlements; assets and obligations related to employee benefits; allocation of the purchase price in acquisition accounting; long-term asset and amortization recoverability; revenue deferrals; and restructuring charges. We review estimates and assumptions periodically and reflect the revisions in the consolidated financial statements in the period in which we determine any revisions to be necessary. Actual results could differ materially from those estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

The consolidated financial statements include our accounts, as well as those of our subsidiaries and investments in which we have a controlling interest. Investments in companies over which we have significant influence but not a controlling interest are carried under the equity method of accounting. Investments over which we do not have significant influence are recorded under the cost method of accounting. We periodically review our investments to determine if there has been any impairment judged to be other than temporary. Such impairments are recorded as write-downs in the statement of operations.

All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Where appropriate, we have reclassified certain prior year amounts to conform to the current year presentation. As of January 1, 2009, Canada has been moved out of our International segment and into our renamed “North America” segment (formerly our United States (“U.S.”) segment). Therefore, on January 1, 2009, we began managing our operations through the following two segments: North America (which consists of the U.S. and Canada) and International (which consists of our operations in Europe, Asia Pacific and Latin America). We have conformed historical amounts to reflect the new segment structure.

The financial statements of our subsidiaries outside North America reflect a fiscal year ended November 30, in order to facilitate timely reporting of our consolidated financial results and financial position.

 

75


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

On December 27, 2007, we sold our Italian real estate business for $9.0 million, which was a part of our International segment, and we have reclassified the historical financial results of the Italian real estate business as discontinued operations. We have reflected the results of this business as discontinued operations in the consolidated statements of earnings for all periods presented. See Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have recorded the resulting gain of $0.4 million (both pre-tax and after-tax) from the sale in the first quarter of 2008 in the consolidated statement of operations.

Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Launches Accounting Standards Codification

In June 2009, the FASB issued FASB Accounting Standards CodificationTM (“ASC”) 105-10, “Generally Accepted Accounting Principles,” or “ASC 105-10” (the “Codification”). This authoritative guidance establishes the exclusive authoritative reference for GAAP for use in financial statements, except for Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and interpretative releases, which are also authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other grandfathered, non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification is nonauthoritative.

Following the Codification, the FASB will not issue new standards in the form of Statements, FASB Staff Positions or Emerging Issues Task Force Abstracts. Instead, it will issue Accounting Standards Updates (“ASU”), which will serve to update the Codification, provide background information about the authoritative guidance and provide the basis for conclusions on the changes to the Codification.

GAAP is not intended to be changed as a result of the Codification, but it has changed the way the authoritative guidance is organized and presented. As a result, these changes made an impact on how we reference GAAP in our financial statements and in our accounting policies. Where appropriate, we have conformed, throughout this Form 10-K, references to both the Codification and/or the previous GAAP source reference.

Significant Accounting Policies

Revenue Recognition. Revenue is recognized when the following four conditions are met:

 

   

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

 

   

The contract fee is fixed and determinable;

 

   

Delivery or performance has occurred; and

 

   

Collectibility is reasonably assured.

If at the outset of an arrangement, we determine that collectibility is not reasonably assured, revenue is deferred until the earlier of when collectibility becomes probable or the receipt of payment. If there is uncertainty as to the customer’s acceptance of our deliverables, revenue is not recognized until the earlier of receipt of customer acceptance or expiration of the acceptance period. If at the outset of an arrangement, we determine that the arrangement fee is not fixed or determinable, revenue is deferred until the arrangement fee becomes estimable, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Our Risk Management Solutions are generally sold under fixed price subscription contracts that allow customers unlimited access to risk information. Revenue on this type of contract is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, which is generally one year.

 

76


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Risk information is also sold using monthly or annual contracts that allow customers to purchase our risk information up to the contract amount based on an agreed price list. Once the contract amount is fully used, additional risk information can be purchased at per-item prices which may be different than those in the original contract. Revenue on these contracts is recognized on a per-item basis as information is purchased and delivered to the customer. If customers do not use the full amount of their contract and forfeit the unused portion, we recognize the forfeited amount as revenue at contract expiration.

Where a data file of risk information is sold with periodic updates to that information, a portion of the revenue related to the updates is deferred as a liability on the balance sheet and recognized as the updates are delivered, usually on a quarterly or monthly basis over the term of the contract.

Revenue related to services, such as monitoring, is recognized ratably over the period of performance.

Sales & Marketing Solutions that provide continuous access to our marketing information and business reference databases may include access or hosting fees which are sold on a subscription basis. Revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, which is typically one year.

Where a data file of marketing information is sold, we recognize revenue upon delivery of the marketing data file to the customer. If the contract provides for periodic updates to that marketing data file, the portion of the revenue related to updates is deferred as a liability on the balance sheet and recognized as the updates are delivered, usually on a quarterly or monthly basis, over the term of the contract.

Internet Solutions represent the results of our Hoover’s business, including both the First Research division and the AllBusiness.com division. Hoover’s and First Research provide subscription solutions that allow continuous access to our business information databases. Revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, which is generally one year. Any additional solutions purchased are recognized upon delivery to the customer. AllBusiness.com provides online media and e-commerce products that provide advertisers the ability to target small business customers. Revenue is recognized as solutions are delivered to the customer over the contract period.

Sales of software that are considered to be more than incidental are recognized in revenue when a non-cancelable license agreement has been signed and the software has been shipped and installed, if required.

Revenue from consulting and training services is recognized as the services are performed.

We have certain solution offerings that are sold as multi-element arrangements. The multiple elements or deliverables may include access to our business information databases, information data files, updates, software and services. To account for each deliverable as a separate unit of accounting, they each must meet all of the following separation criteria:

 

   

The delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis;

 

   

There is objective and reliable evidence of fair value of the undelivered item(s); and

 

   

If the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the undelivered item(s), delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the company.

If the deliverable or a group of deliverables meets the separation criteria, the total arrangement consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting based on its relative fair value. The amount of arrangement consideration that is allocated to a delivered unit of accounting is limited to the amount that is not contingent upon the delivery of another unit of accounting.

 

77


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

We obtain vendor specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of the fair value of a deliverable by monitoring the price at which we sell the deliverable on a standalone basis. Where we are unable to use VSOE, we may use the price at which we or a third party sell a similar product to similarly situated customers on a standalone basis. If we do not have fair value for the delivered items, the contract fee is allocated to the undelivered items based on their fair values and the remaining residual amount, if any, is allocated to the delivered items.

After the arrangement consideration is allocated to each unit of accounting, we apply the appropriate revenue recognition method from those described above for each unit of accounting, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are met. All deliverables that do not meet the separation criteria are combined with an undelivered unit of accounting. We generally recognize revenue for a combined unit of accounting based on the method most appropriate for the last delivered item.

Deferred revenue consists of amounts billed in excess of revenue recognized on sales of our information solutions and generally relates to deferral of subscription revenue. Deferred revenue is included in current liabilities in the balance sheet and is subsequently recognized as revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policies.

We record revenue on a net basis for those sales where we act as an agent or broker in the transaction.

Sales Cancellations. In determining sales cancellation allowances, we analyze historical trends, customer-specific factors and current economic trends.

Restructuring Charges. Restructuring charges have been recorded in accordance with ASC 712-10, “Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits,” or “ASC 712-10,” and/or ASC 420-10, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations,” or “ASC 420-10,” as appropriate.

We record severance costs provided under an ongoing benefit arrangement once they are both probable and estimable in accordance with the provisions of ASC 712-10.

We account for one-time termination benefits, contract terminations, asset write-offs, and/or costs to terminate lease obligations less assumed sublease income in accordance with ASC 420-10, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with restructuring activities. Under ASC 420-10, we establish a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity, including severance and lease termination obligations, and other related costs, when the liability is incurred, rather than at the date that we commit to an exit plan. We reassess the expected cost to complete the exit or disposal activities at the end of each reporting period and adjust our remaining estimated liabilities, if necessary.

The determination of when we accrue for severance costs and which standard applies depends on whether the termination benefits are provided under an ongoing arrangement as described in ASC 712-10 or under a one-time benefit arrangement as defined by ASC 420-10. Inherent in the estimation of the costs related to the restructurings are assessments related to the most likely expected outcome of the significant actions to accomplish the exit activities. In determining the charges related to the restructurings, we had to make estimates related to the expenses associated with the restructurings. These estimates may vary significantly from actual costs depending, in part, upon factors that may be beyond our control. We will continue to review the status of our restructuring obligations on a quarterly basis and, if appropriate, record changes to these obligations in current operations based on management’s most current estimates.

Employee Benefit Plans. We provide various defined benefit plans to our employees as well as healthcare and life insurance benefits to our retired employees. We use actuarial assumptions to calculate pension and

 

78


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

benefit costs as well as pension assets and liabilities included in our consolidated financial statements. See Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further detail.

Income Taxes and Tax Contingencies. We recognize deferred income tax liabilities and assets based on the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements. Deferred income tax liabilities and assets are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of particular liabilities and assets and net operating loss carryforwards, using tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. We establish valuation allowances for deferred tax assets if, based upon the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we have considered future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.

We utilize a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. As a result of the implementation of authoritative guidance on January 1, 2007 related to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements, we recognized $34.1 million (net of tax benefits) in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings.

Legal Contingencies. We are involved in legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. We periodically assess our liabilities and contingencies in connection with these matters, based upon the latest information available. For those matters where it is probable that we have incurred a loss and the loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated, we have recorded reserves in the consolidated financial statements. In other instances, because of the uncertainties related to the probable outcome and/or amount or range of loss, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of a liability, if any. As additional information becomes available, we adjust our assessment and estimates of such liabilities accordingly.

Cash and Cash Equivalents. We consider all investments purchased with an initial term to maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. These instruments are stated at cost, which approximates market value because of the short maturity of the instruments.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Bad Debts. Accounts receivable are recorded at the invoiced amount and do not bear interest. With respect to estimating the allowance for bad debts, we analyze the aging of accounts receivable, historical bad debts, customer creditworthiness and current economic trends.

Property, Plant and Equipment. Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost, except for property, plant and equipment that have been impaired for which the carrying amount is reduced to the estimated fair value at the impairment date. Property, plant and equipment are generally depreciated using the straight-line method. Buildings are depreciated over a period of 40 years. Equipment is depreciated over a period of three to ten years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the term of the lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement. Property, plant and equipment depreciation and amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $10.7 million, $10.3 million and $10.6 million, respectively.

Computer Software. We develop various computer software applications for internal use including systems which support our databases and common business services and processes (back-end systems), our financial and administrative systems (back-office systems) and systems which we use to deliver our information solutions to customers (customer-facing systems).

 

79


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

We expense costs incurred during the preliminary development stage which includes conceptual formulation and review of alternatives. Once that stage is complete, we begin the application development stage which includes design, coding and testing. Direct internal and external costs incurred during this stage are capitalized. Capitalization of costs cease when the software is ready for its intended use and all substantial testing is completed. Upgrades and enhancements which provide added functionality are accounted for in the same manner. Maintenance costs incurred solely to extend the life of the software are expensed as incurred.

We periodically reassess the estimated useful lives of our computer software considering our overall technology strategy, the effects of obsolescence, technology, competition and other economic factors on the useful life of these assets. Effective April 1, 2009, we increased the lives of our back-end and back-office software from three to five years to five to eight years in conjunction with changes in our technology strategy. Customer-facing software will continue to have lives of three to five years. The impact of this change for the year ended December 31, 2009 was a reduction in software amortization expense by approximately $7 million after-tax ($0.14 per diluted share), respectively.

Internal-use software is tested for impairment along with other long-lived assets (See Impairment of Long-Lived Assets).

We also develop software for sale to customers. Costs are expensed until technological feasibility is established after which costs are capitalized until the software is ready for general release to customers. Costs of enhancements which extend the life or improve the marketability of the software are capitalized once technological feasibility is reached. Maintenance and customer support are expensed as incurred.

Capitalized costs of software for sale are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic life of the software of three years. We continually evaluate recoverability of the unamortized costs, which are reported at the lower of unamortized cost or net realizable value.

The computer software amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $35.0 million, $38.9 million and $28.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, we acquired $7.0 million and $6.4 million, respectively, of computer software, which was included in accounts payable and accrued liabilities on the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2009 and in accounts payable on the accompanying balance sheet as of December 31, 2008, and was therefore excluded from the consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets. Goodwill and intangible assets represent the excess of costs over fair value of assets of businesses acquired. Goodwill and intangibles with an indefinite life are not subject to regular periodic amortization. Instead, the carrying amount of the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles is tested for impairment at least annually, and between annual tests if events or circumstances warrant such a test. An impairment loss would be recognized if the carrying amount exceeded the fair value.

We assess recoverability of goodwill at the reporting unit level. A reporting unit is an operating segment or a component of an operating segment which is a business and for which discrete financial information is available and reviewed by a segment manager. Our reporting units are North America, United Kingdom, Benelux, Latin America, Partnerships, Japan, Greater China and India. We perform a two-step goodwill impairment test. In the first step, we compare the fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value. We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on the market approach. Under the market approach, we estimate the fair value based on market multiples of revenue or earnings. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets, including goodwill assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further test is performed. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, the second step of the impairment test is performed to determine the

 

80


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill. The implied fair value of goodwill is the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit and the fair value of its identifiable net assets. If the carrying value of goodwill exceeds the implied value of goodwill, an impairment loss is recorded as depreciation and amortization expense equal to the difference.

For indefinite-lived intangibles, other than goodwill, an impairment loss is recognized if the carrying value exceeds the fair value. The estimated fair value is determined by utilizing the expected present value of the future cash flows of the assets.

No impairment charges related to goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets have been recognized for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

Other intangibles, which primarily include customer lists and relationships, trademarks, and technology related assets resulting from acquisitions, are being amortized over one to eighteen years based on their estimated useful life using the straight-line method. Other intangibles amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $12.4 million, $9.3 million and $7.3 million, respectively. Other intangibles are tested for recoverability along with other long-lived assets, excluding goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles, whenever events or circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. (See Impairment of Long-Lived Assets).

Future amortization of acquired intangible assets as of December 31, 2009 is as follows:

 

    Total    

      2010           2011           2012           2013           2014           Thereafter    
$ 91.2   $ 14.0   $ 13.8   $ 11.8   $ 11.0   $ 9.2   $ 31.4

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets. Long-lived assets including property, plant and equipment, internal-use software and other intangible assets held for use are tested for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the carrying amount of the asset group which includes these assets is not recoverable. An asset group is the lowest level for which its cash flows are independent of the cash flows of other asset groups. The carrying value of an asset group is not considered recoverable if the carrying value exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset group. The impairment loss is measured by the difference between the carrying value of the asset group and its fair value. We generally estimate the fair value of an asset group using an income approach.

Based on our assessments, an impairment charge of $3.0 million was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2009 related to certain intangible assets of Visible Path. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further detail. An impairment test was performed in 2009 due to our election to no longer offer a certain product to our customers. As a result, during 2009 we wrote off the related intangible assets which were charged to operating expense in our North America segment. These assets were technology based intangible assets with a definite-life. Undiscounted cash flows were used to calculate the recoverable value of the long-lived assets to determine if such assets were impaired. Where impairment was identified, a discounted cash flow valuation model, incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved for each group of assets, was used to determine the fair value for the assets to measure any potential impairment. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. No impairment charges related to long-lived assets have been recorded for fiscal years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007.

Foreign Currency Translation. For all operations outside the U.S. where we have designated the local currency as the functional currency, assets and liabilities are translated using the end-of-year exchange rates, and revenues and expenses are translated using average exchange rates for the year. For those countries where we

 

81


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

designate the local currency as the functional currency, translation adjustments are accumulated in a separate component of shareholders’ equity. Transaction gains and losses are recognized in earnings in “Other Income (Expense)—Net.” Transaction losses were $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Transaction gains were $3.9 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Earnings Per Share of Common Stock. Effective January 1, 2009, we updated our policy to reflect the authoritative guidance in ASC 260-10, “Earnings Per Share,” which clarifies that instruments granted in share-based payment transactions (e.g., stock-based awards) are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share (“EPS”) under the two-class method. The two-class method requires earnings to be allocated between common shareholders and holders of participating securities. All outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends are considered to be a separate class of common stock and should be included in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS. The EPS calculation is applied retrospectively to all prior-period EPS data presented. The impact of the adoption resulted in a four-cent and two-cent decrease to our basic and diluted EPS for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Based on a review of our stock-based awards, we have determined that only our restricted stock awards are deemed participating securities.

Basic EPS is calculated based on the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted EPS is calculated giving effect to all potentially dilutive common shares, assuming such shares were outstanding during the reporting period. The difference between basic and diluted EPS is solely attributable to stock options and restricted stock programs. We use the treasury stock method to calculate the impact of outstanding stock options and restricted stock.

Stock-Based Compensation. Our stock-based compensation programs are described more fully in Note 11 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

The compensation expense of our stock-based compensation programs is calculated by estimating the fair value of each stock-based award at the date of grant. The stock-based compensation expense is recognized over the shorter of the award’s vesting period or the period from the date of grant to the date when retirement eligibility is achieved. In addition, we estimate future forfeitures in calculating the stock-based compensation expense as opposed to only recognizing these forfeitures and the corresponding reductions in expense as they occur.

For stock option awards, the fair value is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model. The Black-Scholes option valuation model requires that we make assumptions about the stock price volatility, dividend yield, expected term of the stock option and risk-free interest rates. Our expected stock price volatility assumption is derived from the historical volatility of our common stock. The expected dividend yield assumption is determined by dividing the anticipated annual dividend payment by the stock price on the date of grant. Beginning in 2009, we began determining our expected term assumption using a midpoint scenario which combines our historical exercise data with hypothetical exercise data for our unexercised stock options. Prior to 2009, our expected term assumption was determined using the Simplified Method, as prescribed by the SEC, for estimating the expected life of the options. Our risk-free interest rate assumption corresponds to the expected term assumption of the stock option and is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

For restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards the fair value is estimated by using the average of the high and low price of our common stock on the date of grant.

If factors change, we may decide to use different assumptions under the Black-Scholes option valuation model and our forfeiture assumption in the future, which could materially affect our stock-based compensation expense, operating income, net income and earnings per share.

 

82


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Financial Instruments. We use financial instruments, including foreign exchange forward, option and swap contracts, to manage our exposure to movements in foreign exchange rates and interest rates. The use of these financial instruments modifies our exposure to these risks with the intent to reduce the risk or costs to us.

We recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. We do not use derivatives for trading purposes or speculative purposes.

We use foreign exchange forward and option contracts to hedge cross-border intercompany transactions and certain non-U.S. earnings. These forward and option contracts are mark-to-market and gains and losses are recorded as other income or expense. In addition, foreign exchange forward contracts are used to hedge certain of our foreign net investments. The gains and losses associated with these contracts are recorded in “Cumulative Translation Adjustments,” a component of shareholders’ equity.

From time to time, we use interest rate swap agreements to hedge long-term fixed-rate debt. When executed, we designate the swaps as fair-value hedges and assess whether the swaps are highly effective in offsetting changes in the fair value of the hedged debt. We formally document all relationships between hedging instruments and hedged items, and we have documented policies for management of our exposures. Changes in fair values of interest rate swap agreements that are designated fair-value hedges are recognized in earnings as an adjustment of interest expense. The effectiveness of hedge accounting is monitored on an ongoing basis, and if considered ineffective, we discontinue hedge accounting prospectively. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Also, from time to time, we use interest rate swap agreements to hedge our variable debt. In January 2009 and December 31, 2008, we executed interest rate cash flow hedges in the form of interest rate swap agreements in order to mitigate our exposure to variability in cash flows for future payments on a designated portion of our borrowings. We defer gains and losses on this derivative instrument in the accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) line of our consolidated balance sheet until the hedged transaction impacts our earnings. The effectiveness of hedge accounting is monitored on an ongoing basis, and any resulting ineffectiveness will be recorded as gains and losses in earnings in the respective measurement period. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further detail.

Fair Value Measurements. Effective January 1, 2008, we adopted the authoritative guidance for fair value measurements in ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” which has been applied prospectively beginning January 1, 2008 for all financial assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated financial statements at fair value. The authoritative guidance defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and expands fair value measurement disclosures. The guidance also allowed for a one-year delay of the effective date for fair value measurements for all non-financial assets and liabilities, except for those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis. We delayed the effective date and applied the measurement provisions for all non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a non-recurring basis until January 1, 2009. Our non-recurring non-financial assets and liabilities include long-lived assets held and used, goodwill and intangible assets.

 

83


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

We define fair value as the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Additionally, the inputs used to measure fair value are prioritized based on a three-level hierarchy. This hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

Level Input: Input Definition:

 

Level I

  Observable inputs utilizing quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets at the measurement date.

Level II

  Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level I that are either directly or indirectly observable for the asset or liability through corroboration with market data at the measurement date.

Level III

  Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability in which little or no market data exists therefore requiring management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date.

In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls has been determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment, and considers factors specific to the asset or liability.

The estimated fair values of financial assets and liabilities, which are presented herein, have been determined by our management using available market information and appropriate valuation methodologies. However, judgment is required in interpreting market data to develop estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein may not necessarily be indicative of amounts we could realize in a current market sale. See Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Note 2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU No. 2010-06, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Improving Disclosures and Fair Value Measurements,” which adds new requirements for disclosures about transfers into and out of Level I and Level II and to add separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level III measurements. In addition, this amendment further clarifies the existing fair value disclosure requirements. The authoritative guidance is effective for the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the newly added disclosure for Level III activity, which will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. We adopted the authoritative guidance in the fourth quarter of 2009 for disclosures related to Level I and Level II. The adoption of this section of the authoritative guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. We will adopt the new disclosures on Level III in fiscal year 2010. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of the Level III section of the authoritative guidance will have, if any, on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-17, “Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities,” which amends consolidation guidance that applies to variable interest entities or “VIEs.” This guidance changes how a reporting entity evaluates whether an entity is considered the primary beneficiary of a VIE and is therefore required to consolidate the VIE. The guidance requires assessments at each reporting period to determine whether an entity is a VIE, which party within the VIE is considered the primary beneficiary and which type of financial statement disclosures are required. The

 

84


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

authoritative guidance is effective as of the beginning of the first fiscal year that begins after November 15, 2009. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of the authoritative guidance will have, if any, on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-14, “Certain Revenue Arrangements that Include Software Elements,” which amends guidance in ASC 985-605, “Software,” which focuses on determining which arrangements are included or excluded from the scope of existing software revenue guidance under ASC 985. This guidance removes non-software components of tangible products and certain software components of tangible products from the scope of the existing software revenue guidance, resulting in the recognition of revenue similar to that for other tangible products. The authoritative guidance may be applied prospectively to revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 or retrospectively for all arrangements in the period presented. We will adopt the authoritative guidance on January 1, 2011. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this authoritative guidance will have, if any, on our consolidated financial statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-13, “Revenue Recognition—Multiple-Deliverable Revenue Arrangements,” which amends guidance in ASC 605-25, “Revenue Recognition: Multiple-Element Arrangements.” The guidance will allow companies to allocate arrangement consideration in multiple deliverable arrangements in a manner that better reflects the transaction’s economics. It also provides principles and application guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the arrangement should be separated, and the consideration allocated. It also requires an entity to allocate revenue in an arrangement using estimated selling prices of deliverables if a vendor does not have vendor-specific objective evidence or third-party evidence of selling price. The guidance eliminates the use of the residual method, requires entities to allocate revenue using the relative-selling-price method and significantly expands the disclosure requirements for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements. The authoritative guidance requires new and expanded disclosures and is applied prospectively to revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 or retrospectively for all periods presented. We will adopt the authoritative guidance on January 1, 2011. We are currently assessing the impact of the adoption of this authoritative guidance will have, if any, on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2009, the FASB issued ASU No. 2009-05, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures—Measuring Liabilities at Fair Value,” to provide guidance on measuring the fair value of liabilities. The authoritative guidance provides clarification for circumstances in which a quoted market price in an active market for an identical liability is not available. The authoritative guidance is effective for the first interim or annual reporting period beginning after its issuance. We adopted the authoritative guidance in the fourth quarter of 2009. The adoption of this authoritative guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC 105-10 as the single source of authoritative GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental entities. This authoritative guidance is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. We adopted the authoritative guidance in the third quarter of 2009 and the implementation of this authoritative guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) No. 112, or “SAB No. 112,” which amends or rescinds portions of the SEC’s interpretive guidance to conform with the updated guidance the FASB issued for business combinations in ASC 805, “Business Combinations” and in ASC 810-10, “Consolidation.” The adoption of SAB No. 112 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

85


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

In May 2009, the FASB issued ASC 855-10, “Subsequent Events,” or “ASC 855-10,” which establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. This authoritative guidance requires disclosure of the date through which subsequent events were evaluated and the rationale for why that date was selected. This authoritative guidance is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009. We adopted this authoritative guidance in the second quarter of 2009 and the adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2009, the FASB issued ASC 825-10-65, “Financial Instruments,” or “ASC 825-10-65,” which requires disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods as well as for annual reporting periods. This authoritative guidance is effective for interim reporting periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption permitted. This authoritative guidance does not require disclosure for earlier periods presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption. We adopted this authoritative guidance in the second quarter of 2009 and the adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance in ASC 805-10, ASC 805-20, ASC 805-50, “Business Combinations,” or “ASC 805-10, ASC 805-20, ASC 805-50,” which addresses application issues on initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in a business combination. This authoritative guidance requires assets acquired or liabilities assumed in a business combination that arise from a contingency to be recognized at fair value if the acquisition-date fair value can be determined during the measurement period. If the acquisition-date fair value cannot be determined, the asset or liability would be measured at the amount that would be recognized for liabilities in accordance with ASC 450-10, “Accounting for Contingencies.” This authoritative guidance applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We adopted this authoritative guidance in the first quarter of 2009.

In December 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance in ASC 715-20-65-2, “Compensation Retirement Benefits,” or “ASC 715-20-65-2,” which requires the disclosure of major categories of plan assets, investment policies and strategies, fair value measurements of plan assets and significant concentration of credit risk related to defined benefit pension or other postretirement plans. The disclosures are required for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2009. We adopted this authoritative guidance in the fourth quarter of 2009.

In April 2009, the FASB issued authoritative guidance in ASC 820-10-65, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” or “ASC 820-10-65,” which provides additional guidance for estimating fair value when the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability have significantly decreased. Fair value of an asset, when the market is not active, is the price that would be received to sell the asset in an orderly transaction between the market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. This authoritative guidance is effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15, 2009 and is applied prospectively. This authoritative guidance does not require disclosures for earlier periods presented for comparative purposes at initial adoption. We adopted this authoritative guidance in the second quarter of 2009 and the adoption did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In September 2006, the FASB issued authoritative guidance in ASC 820-10, which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP and expands fair value measurement disclosures. The guidance does not require new fair value measurements and is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2007 and interim periods within those fiscal years. In February 2008, the FASB issued guidance which allows for a one-year delay of the effective date for fair value measurements for all non-financial assets and liabilities, except for those that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the

 

86


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

financial statements on a recurring basis. We delayed the effective date and applied the measurement provisions for all non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a non-recurring basis until January 1, 2009. Our non-recurring non-financial assets and liabilities include long-lived assets held and used, goodwill and intangible assets. The adoption of the guidance for financial assets and liabilities and for non-recurring non-financial assets and liabilities did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2008, the FASB issued guidance in ASC 260-10, which clarifies that instruments granted in share-based payment transactions (e.g., stock-based awards) are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing EPS under the two-class method. The two-class method requires earnings to be allocated between common shareholders and holders of participating securities. All outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends are considered to be a separate class of common stock and should be included in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS. The EPS calculation is applied retrospectively to all prior-period EPS data presented. The impact of the adoption resulted in a four cent and two cent decrease to our basic and diluted EPS for 2008. Based on a review of our stock-based awards, we have determined that only our restricted stock awards are deemed participating securities. We adopted the authoritative guidance as of January 1, 2009, and it did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In April 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance in ASC 350-30-65, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other,” or “ASC 350-30-65,” which amends the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a recognized intangible asset. The intent of the authoritative guidance is to improve the consistency between the useful life of a recognized intangible asset and the period of expected cash flows used to measure the fair value of the asset. The authoritative guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008, and early adoption is prohibited. The measurement provision will apply only to intangible assets acquired after the effective date. We adopted this authoritative guidance in the first quarter of 2009.

In March 2008, the FASB issued authoritative guidance in ASC 815-10-65, “Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,” or “ASC 815-10-65.” This authoritative guidance requires disclosures of how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. This authoritative guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008, with early adoption permitted. We adopted this authoritative guidance in the first quarter of 2009.

In December 2007, the FASB revised the authoritative guidance for business combinations in ASC 805-10, which establishes principles and requirements for how the acquirer in a business combination: recognizes and measures in its financial statements the identifiable assets acquired, the liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interest in the acquiree; recognizes and measures goodwill acquired in the business combination or a gain from a bargain purchase; and determines what information to disclose to enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business combination. This authoritative guidance applies prospectively to business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2008. We adopted this authoritative guidance in the first quarter of 2009.

In December 2007, the FASB issued authoritative guidance in ASC 810-10-65, “Consolidation,” or “ASC 810-10-65,” which establishes accounting and reporting standards that require the disclosure of: the ownership interests in subsidiaries held by third parties other than the parent; the amount of consolidated net income

 

87


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest; changes in a parent’s ownership interest; and when a subsidiary is deconsolidated, any retained noncontrolling equity investment in the former subsidiary be initially measured at fair value. This authoritative guidance also establishes disclosures that identify and distinguish between the interests of the parent and the interests of the noncontrolling owners. This authoritative guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning on or after December 15, 2008; however, application of the disclosure and presentation is retroactive. Early adoption of the authoritative guidance was prohibited. The adoption of this authoritative guidance as of January 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 3. Restructuring Charges

Financial Flexibility is an ongoing process that reallocates our spending from low-growth or low-value activities to activities that will create greater value for shareholders through enhanced revenue growth, improved profitability and/or quality improvements. With each initiative, we have incurred restructuring charges (which generally consist of employee severance and termination costs, contract terminations, asset write-offs, and/or costs to terminate lease obligations less assumed sublease income). These charges are incurred as a result of eliminating, consolidating, standardizing and/or automating our business functions. We have also incurred transition costs such as consulting fees, costs of temporary workers, relocation costs and stay bonuses to implement our Financial Flexibility initiatives.

Restructuring charges have been recorded in accordance with ASC 712-10, “Nonretirement Postemployment Benefits,” or “ASC 712-10,” and/or ASC 420-10, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations,” or “ASC 420-10,” as appropriate.

We record severance costs provided under an ongoing benefit arrangement once they are both probable and estimable in accordance with the provisions of ASC 712-10.

We account for one-time termination benefits, contract terminations, asset write-offs, and/or costs to terminate lease obligations less assumed sublease income in accordance with ASC 420-10, which addresses financial accounting and reporting for costs associated with restructuring activities. Under ASC 420-10, we establish a liability for a cost associated with an exit or disposal activity, including severance and lease termination obligations, and other related costs, when the liability is incurred, rather than at the date that we commit to an exit plan. We reassess the expected cost to complete the exit or disposal activities at the end of each reporting period and adjust our remaining estimated liabilities, if necessary.

The determination of when we accrue for severance costs and which standard applies depends on whether the termination benefits are provided under an ongoing arrangement as described in ASC 712-10 or under a one-time benefit arrangement as defined by ASC 420-10. Inherent in the estimation of the costs related to the restructurings are assessments related to the most likely expected outcome of the significant actions to accomplish the exit activities. In determining the charges related to the restructurings, we had to make estimates related to the expenses associated with the restructurings. These estimates may vary significantly from actual costs depending, in part, upon factors that may be beyond our control. We will continue to review the status of our restructuring obligations on a quarterly basis and, if appropriate, record changes to these obligations in current operations based on management’s most current estimates.

 

88


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded a $23.1 million restructuring charge in connection with Financial Flexibility initiatives. The significant components of these charges included:

 

   

Severance and termination costs of $12.7 million in accordance with the provisions of ASC 712-10 were recorded. Approximately 535 employees are impacted. Of these 535 employees, approximately 365 employees have exited the Company and approximately 170 employees will exit the Company in 2010; and

 

   

Lease termination obligations, other costs to consolidate or close facilities and other exit costs of $10.4 million.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recorded a $31.4 million restructuring charge in connection with Financial Flexibility initiatives. The significant components of these charges included:

 

   

Severance and termination costs of $27.5 million in accordance with the provisions of ASC 712-10 were recorded. Approximately 500 employees were impacted; and

 

   

Severance and termination costs of $3.0 million in accordance with the provisions of ASC 420-10 were recorded. Approximately 40 employees were impacted.

During the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded a $25.1 million restructuring charge in connection with Financial Flexibility initiatives. The significant components of these charges included:

 

   

Severance and termination costs of $22.7 million in accordance with the provisions of ASC 420-10 were recorded. Approximately 315 employees were impacted; and

 

   

Lease termination obligations, other costs to consolidate or close facilities and other exit costs of $2.4 million.

The following table sets forth, in accordance with ASC 712-10 and/or ASC 420-10, the restructuring reserves and utilization related to our Financial Flexibility initiatives.

 

      Severance
and
Termination
    Lease
Termination
Obligations
and Other
Exit Costs
    Total  

Restructuring Charges:

      

Balance Remaining as of January 1, 2007

   $ 7.4      $ 6.3      $ 13.7   

Charge Taken during the Year Ended December 31, 2007

     22.7        2.4        25.1   

Payments during the Year Ended December 31, 2007

     (23.9     (8.5     (32.4
                        

Balance Remaining as of December 31, 2007

     6.2        0.2        6.4   
                        

Charge Taken during the Year Ended December 31, 2008

     30.5        0.9        31.4   

Payments during the Year Ended December 31, 2008

     (15.0     (0.9     (15.9
                        

Balance Remaining as of December 31, 2008

     21.7        0.2        21.9   
                        

Charge Taken during the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     12.7        10.4        23.1   

Payments during the Year Ended December 31, 2009

     (20.6     (9.9     (30.5
                        

Balance Remaining as of December 31, 2009

   $ 13.8      $ 0.7      $ 14.5   
                        

For initiatives taken during the year ended December 31, 2007, all actions were substantially completed.

 

89


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Note 4. Acquisitions

ICC Holdings

During the third quarter of 2009, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Bisnode’s UK operations and a 100% equity interest in Bisnode’s Irish operations (“ICC”), with cash on hand. ICC is a large provider of risk and business information in the United Kingdom and Ireland markets. We believe that the acquisition of ICC will help drive significant operational efficiencies and improve the customer value proposition for our Risk Management Solutions business. The results of ICC have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

The transaction was valued at $17.2 million, including a working capital adjustment of $0.2 million. Transaction costs of $1.0 million were included in operating expenses in the statement of operations. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase transaction, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entity were recorded at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. The table below reflects the purchase price related to the acquisition and the resulting purchase price allocations:

 

     Amortization
Life (years)
   Total
Acquisitions
 

Current Assets

      $ 8.2   

Intangible Assets:

     

Customer Relationships

   11      3.9   

Technology

   5      4.0   

Trademark

   10      0.9   

Database

   5      4.0   

Other

        0.6   
           

Total Assets Acquired

        21.6   
           

Current Liabilities

        (4.3

Noncurrent Liabilities

        (0.1
           

Total Liabilities Assumed

        (4.4
           

Total Purchase Price

      $ 17.2   
           

No goodwill was recognized in this transaction. The intangible assets, with useful lives from 5 to 11 years, are being amortized over a weighted average useful life of 7.2 years and are recorded as “Trademark, Patents and Other” within Other Non-Current Assets in our consolidated balance sheet since the date of acquisition. The impact the acquisition would have had on our results had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of 2009 is not material, and, as such, pro forma financial results have not been presented.

We are in the process of finalizing the valuation of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition.

RoadWay International Limited

During the third quarter of 2009, we acquired a 90% equity interest in RoadWay International Limited (“RoadWay”), with cash on hand. RoadWay is the leading provider of integrated services of direct marketing in China. As part of the transaction, D&B Huaxia, our existing joint venture company with Huaxia in China, transferred its Sales & Marketing Solutions business into RoadWay. As a result, RoadWay will become the specialized Sales & Marketing Solutions arm in China, catering to customer needs in business and consumer database marketing. The results of RoadWay have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

 

90


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

The transaction was valued at $28.3 million. Transaction costs of $0.7 million were included in operating expenses in the statement of operations. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase transaction, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entity were recorded at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. Based on the share purchase and share subscription agreement, the noncontrolling interest is estimated based on the fair value of the net assets acquired. The table below reflects the purchase price related to the acquisition and the resulting purchase price allocations:

 

     Amortization
Life (years)
   Total
Acquisitions
 

Current Assets

      $ 5.3   

Intangible Assets:

     

Goodwill

        21.6   

Customer Relationships

   5.5      1.1   

Non Compete Agreement

   1      —     

Technology

   6      2.1   

Trademark

   7.5      0.6   

Database

   6.5      1.3   

Other

        0.2   
           

Total Assets Acquired

        32.2   
           

Current Liabilities

        (1.9

Noncurrent Liabilities

        (1.3
           

Total Liabilities Assumed

        (3.2
           

Noncontrolling Interest

        (0.7
           

Total Purchase Price

      $ 28.3   
           

The goodwill was assigned to our Greater China reporting unit. The primary item that generated the goodwill is the value of revenue growth and synergies between the acquired entity and our Sales & Marketing Solutions, catering to customers needs in business and consumer database marketing. The intangible assets, with useful lives from 1 to 7.5 years, are being amortized over a weighted-average useful life of 6.2 years and are recorded as “Trademarks, Patents and Other” within Other Non-Current Assets in our consolidated balance sheet since the date of acquisition. The impact the acquisition would have had on our results had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of 2009 is not material, and, as such, pro forma financial results have not been presented.

We are in the process of finalizing the valuation of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition.

Quality Education Data

During the first quarter of 2009, we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities related to Quality Education Data (“QED”) for $29.0 million with cash on hand. QED is a provider of educational data and services located in Denver, Colorado. QED is a natural fit with our Sales & Marketing Solutions as both provide education marketers with high quality data and services. The results of QED have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition.

 

91


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

The transaction was valued at $29.0 million. Transaction costs of $0.8 million were included in operating expenses in the statement of operations. The acquisition was accounted for as a purchase transaction, and accordingly, the assets and liabilities of the acquired entity were recorded at their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition. The table below reflects the purchase price related to the acquisition and the resulting purchase price allocations:

 

     Amortization
Life (years)
   Total
Acquisitions
 

Current Assets

      $ 1.7   

Intangible Assets:

     

Goodwill

        14.6   

Customer Relationships

   12      8.0   

Technology

   8      2.4   

Trade Name

   16.5      0.2   

Database

   7      2.5   
           

Total Assets Acquired

        29.4   
           

Total Liabilities Assumed

        (0.4
           

Total Purchase Price

      $ 29.0   
           

The goodwill was assigned to our North America reporting unit. The primary item that generated the goodwill is the value of revenue growth and synergies between the acquired entity and our Sales & Marketing Solutions as both provide education marketers with high quality data and services. The intangible assets, with useful lives from 7 to 16.5 years, are being amortized over a weighted-average useful life of 10.4 years and are recorded as “Trademarks, Patents and Other” within Other Non-Current Assets in our consolidated balance sheet since the date of acquisition. The impact the acquisition would have had on our results had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of 2009 is not material, and, as such, pro forma financial results have not been presented.

We are in the process of finalizing the valuation of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed in connection with the acquisition.

Dun & Bradstreet Information Services India Private Limited

On November 25, 2008, we increased our indirect minority ownership stake in Dun & Bradstreet Information Services India Private Limited (“D&B India”) to a 53% direct majority ownership stake with cash on hand. D&B India is the premier provider of credit information and sales and marketing solutions in India. Our majority stake in D&B India will allow us to provide global customers with even higher levels of information and insight on businesses in India. Prior to the transaction, D&B India was a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dun & Bradstreet South Asia Middle East Limited (“D&B SAME”), our existing Indian and Middle Eastern joint venture partner. D&B SAME remains a minority owner of D&B India. The results of D&B India have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date we established a majority ownership interest stake.

The transaction was valued at $49.3 million, inclusive of transaction costs of $2.6 million. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. As a result, the purchase price was allocated to acquired tangible assets and liabilities assumed on the basis of their respective fair values with the remaining purchase price recognized as goodwill and intangible assets of $35.0 million and $11.8 million, respectively. The goodwill was assigned to our India reporting unit. Of the $11.8 million of acquired intangible assets, $2.5 million was assigned to the tradename, $8.7 million was assigned to customer relationships and $0.6 million was assigned to an exclusive license. The intangible assets, with useful lives from 5 to 18 years, are being amortized

 

92


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

over a weighted-average useful life of 15.2 years and are recorded as “Trademarks, Patents and Other” within Other Non-Current Assets in our consolidated balance sheet since the date of acquisition. The impact the acquisition would have had on our results had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of 2008 is not material, and, as such, pro forma financial results have not been presented. The goodwill and intangible assets are inclusive of a $4.0 million adjustment related to the fair value of goodwill and intangibles made during the year ended December 31, 2009.

HC International, Inc./D&B China Joint Venture

On November 28, 2008, we entered into an agreement with HC International Inc. to establish two joint ventures to grow our market research business in China with cash on hand. HC International Inc. is one of the leading e-commerce companies in China. The alliance with HC International Inc. will leverage our strength and give us immediate scale to grow our market research business in China. Under the agreement, D&B and HC International Inc. established two joint venture structures including Beijing D&B HuiCong Market Research Co., LTD (“Sales JV”) and Beijing HuiCong Market Research Co. Ltd (“Fulfillment JV”), in which D&B has a 60% and 30% interest, respectively. The joint ventures began business operations in fiscal 2009, therefore, the results of the Sales JV operations are included in our consolidated financial statements as of such date. The investment in the Fulfillment JV is accounted for as an equity investment.

The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and accounting for nonmonetary transactions. The transaction was valued at $6.4 million, inclusive of transaction costs of $1.3 million. Pursuant to the accounting for nonmonetary transactions, we were required to recognize a gain of $0.6 million related to the minority owner’s share of the difference between the fair value of our contributed business and its carrying amount. The purchase price was allocated to tangible assets and liabilities on the basis of their respective fair values with the remaining purchase price recognized as goodwill and intangible assets of $5.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively. The goodwill was assigned to our Greater China reporting unit. Of the $1.5 million of acquired intangible assets, $1.2 million was assigned to customer relationships and $0.3 million was assigned to tradename. These intangible assets, with useful lives from 1 to 7.5 years, are being amortized over a weighted-average useful life of 4.2 years and are recorded as “Trademarks, Patents and Other” within Other Non-Current Assets in our consolidated balance sheet since the date of acquisition. The impact the acquisition would have had on our results had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of 2008 is not material, and, as such, pro forma financial results have not been presented. The goodwill is inclusive of a $0.4 million deferred tax liability adjustment made for the year ended December 31, 2009.

Visible Path

During the first quarter of 2008, we acquired substantially all of the assets and assumed certain liabilities related to Visible Path for $4.2 million with cash on hand. Visible Path was a web-based social networking service provider located in Foster City, California. We acquired the business in connection with the execution of our Internet strategy. The results of Visible Path have been included in our consolidated financial statements since the date of acquisition. The impact the acquisition would have had on our results had the acquisition occurred at the beginning of 2008 is not material, and, as such, pro forma financial results have not been presented. As of year end 2009, all the intangible assets associated with Visible Path were written off.

Treatment of Goodwill

The acquisition of QED was an asset acquisition and, as a result, the associated goodwill is deductible for tax purposes. However, the goodwill associated with RoadWay, D&B India and HC International Inc./D&B Joint Venture are not deductible for tax purposes.

 

93


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Note 5. Income Taxes

Income before provision for income taxes consisted of:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
     2009    2008    2007

U.S.

   $ 332.4    $ 345.8    $ 322.9

Non-U.S.

     100.1      93.1      103.4
                    

Income from Continuing Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes and Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

   $ 432.5    $ 438.9    $ 426.3
                    

The provision for income taxes consisted of:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
     2009    2008    2007

Current Tax Provision:

        

U.S. Federal

   $ 75.2    $ 87.5    $ 64.5

State and Local

     11.8      18.6      18.5

Non-U.S.

     10.1      1.6      26.9
                    

Total Current Tax Provision

     97.1      107.7      109.9
                    

Deferred Tax Provision:

        

U.S. Federal

     10.8      15.8      18.2

State and Local

     1.5      1.7      2.1

Non-U.S.

     2.7      2.8      5.6
                    

Total Deferred Tax Provision

     15.0      20.3      25.9
                    

Provision for Income Taxes

   $ 112.1    $ 128.0    $ 135.8
                    

The following table summarizes the significant differences between the U.S. Federal statutory tax rate and our effective tax rate for financial statement purposes.

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2009     2008     2007  

Statutory Tax Rate

   35.0   35.0   35.0

State and Local Taxes, net of U.S. Federal Tax Benefit

   2.0      2.9      3.1   

Non-U.S. Taxes

   (3.4   (1.2   1.2   

Valuation Allowance

   (1.2   (1.2   (0.2

Interest

   0.6      0.7      0.8   

Tax Credits and Deductions

   (0.9   (1.0   (0.7

Settlement of Foreign Audits

   —        (3.1   —     

Tax Contingencies Related to Uncertain Tax Positions

   3.2      (3.0   (7.2

Worldwide Legal Entity Simplification

   (9.2   —        —     

Other

   (0.2   0.1      (0.1
                  

Effective Tax Rate

   25.9   29.2   31.9
                  

 

94


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Income taxes paid were $92.7 million, $101.8 million and $74.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Income taxes refunded were $6.7 million, $38.2 million and $22.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) are comprised of the following:

 

     December 31,  
     2009     2008  

Deferred Tax Assets:

    

Operating Losses

   $ 58.3      $ 54.9   

Fixed Assets

     —          3.3   

Restructuring Costs

     6.0        8.6   

Bad Debts

     6.2        5.7   

Accrued Expenses

     19.3        22.8   

Investments

     12.9        11.6   

Other

     1.1        —     

Minimum Pension Liability

     319.1        316.5   
                

Total Deferred Tax Assets

     422.9        423.4   

Valuation Allowance

     (41.2     (43.7
                

Net Deferred Tax Assets

     381.7        379.7   
                

Deferred Tax Liabilities:

    

Pension and Postretirement Benefits

     (122.5     (122.6

Intangibles

     (61.7     (48.0

Fixed Assets

     (6.1     —     

Other

     —          (3.0
                

Total Deferred Tax Liabilities

     (190.3     (173.6
                

Net Deferred Tax Assets

   $ 191.4      $ 206.1   
                

We have not provided for U.S. deferred income taxes or foreign withholding taxes on $501.4 million of undistributed earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009, since we intend to reinvest these earnings indefinitely. Additionally, we have not determined the tax liability if such earnings were remitted to the U.S., as the determination of such liability is not practicable. See Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for our significant accounting policy related to income taxes.

We have federal, state and local, and foreign tax loss carry forwards, the tax effect of which was $57.8 million as of December 31, 2009. Approximately $48.0 million of these tax benefits have an indefinite carry forward period. The remainder of $9.8 million expires at various times between 2010 and 2028.

We have established a valuation allowance against U.S. and non-U.S. net operating losses in the amount of $28.6 million, $25.0 million and $31.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively, that, in the opinion of our management, are more likely than not to expire before we can utilize them.

We utilize a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. As a result of the implementation of authoritative guidance on January 1, 2007 related to the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in

 

95


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

the financial statements, we recognized $34.1 million (net of tax benefits) in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was accounted for as a reduction to the January 1, 2007 balance of retained earnings.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, we increased our unrecognized tax benefits by $28.3 million (net of decreases). The increase primarily relates to the implementation of a worldwide legal entity simplification and global tax planning initiatives.

The total amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were $136.9 million, $108.6 million and $131.8 million, respectively. The following is a reconciliation of the gross unrecognized tax benefits.

 

Gross Unrecognized Tax Benefits as of January 1, 2007

   $ 136.5   

Additions for Prior Years’ Tax Positions

     47.3   

Additions for Current Years’ Tax Positions

     15.4   

Settlements with Taxing Authorities

     (11.1

Reduction Due to Expired Statute of Limitations

     (56.3
        

Gross Unrecognized Tax Benefits as of December 31, 2007

     131.8   

Additions for Prior Years’ Tax Positions

     2.7   

Additions for Current Years’ Tax Positions

     16.6   

Reduction in Prior Year Tax Positions

     (26.5

Reduction Due to Expired Statute of Limitations

     (16.0
        

Gross Unrecognized Tax Benefits as of December 31, 2008

     108.6   

Additions for Prior Years’ Tax Positions

     2.8   

Additions for Current Years’ Tax Positions

     28.7   

Reduction in Prior Years’ Tax Positions

     (1.0

Reduction Due to Expired Statute of Limitations

     (2.2
        

Gross Unrecognized Tax Benefits as of December 31, 2009

   $ 136.9   
        

The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would impact the effective tax rate is $106.8 million, net of tax benefits. We believe it is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits could decrease within the next twelve months, by approximately $23 million, as a result of not pursuing certain refund claims.

We or one of our subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal, and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. In the U.S. federal jurisdiction, we are no longer subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) for years prior to 2004. In state and local jurisdictions, with a few exceptions, we are no longer subject to examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2006. In foreign jurisdictions, with a few exceptions, we are no longer subject to examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2005. The IRS is currently examining our 2004, 2005 and 2006 tax years and we expect the examination to be completed during the first quarter of 2011.

We recognize accrued interest expense related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The total amount of interest expense, net of tax benefits, recognized for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $2.9 million, $3.0 million and $3.6 million, respectively. The total amount of accrued interest as of December 31, 2009 was $10.1 million, net of tax benefits, as compared to $7.2 million, net of tax benefits, as of December 31, 2008.

 

96


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Note 6. Notes Payable and Indebtedness

Our borrowings are summarized in the following table:

 

     December 31,
     2009    2008

Debt Maturing Within One Year:

     

Other

   $ 1.7    $ 0.5
             

Total Debt Maturing Within One Year

   $ 1.7    $ 0.5
             

Debt Maturing After One Year:

     

Long-Term Fixed-Rate Notes (Net of a $0.2 million and a $0.3 million discount as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively)

   $ 699.8    $ 699.7

Credit Facilities

     259.4      203.4

Other

     2.6      1.2
             

Total Debt Maturing After One Year

   $ 961.8    $ 904.3
             

Fixed-Rate Notes

In April 2008, we issued senior notes with a face value of $400 million that mature on April 1, 2013 (the “2013 notes”), bearing interest at a fixed annual rate of 6.00%, payable semi-annually. The interest rate applicable to the 2013 notes is subject to adjustment if our debt rating is decreased four levels below our A- credit rating on the date of issuance of the 2013 notes or subsequently upgraded. The maximum adjustment is 2.00% above the initial interest rate. As of December 31, 2009, no such adjustments to the interest rate have been made. Proceeds from this issuance were used to repay indebtedness under our credit facility. The 2013 notes are recorded as “Long-Term Debt” in our audited consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2009.

The 2013 notes were issued at face value and, in connection with the issuance, we incurred underwriting and other fees of $3.0 million. These costs are being amortized over the life of the 2013 notes. The 2013 notes contain certain covenants that limit our ability to create liens, enter into sale and leaseback transactions and consolidate, merge or sell assets to another entity. The 2013 notes do not contain any financial covenants.

On January 30, 2008, we entered into interest rate derivative transactions with an aggregate notional amount of $400 million. The objective of these hedges was to mitigate the variability of future cash flows from market changes in Treasury rates in the anticipation of the issuance of the 2013 notes. These transactions were accounted for as cash flow hedges and, as such, changes in fair value of the hedges that took place through the date of the issuance of the 2013 notes were recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or “AOCI.” In connection with the issuance of the 2013 notes, these interest rate derivative transactions were executed, resulting in a payment of $8.5 million on March 28, 2008, the date of termination. The payments are recorded in AOCI and will be amortized over the life of the 2013 notes.

In March 2006, we issued senior notes with a face value of $300 million that mature on March 15, 2011 (the “2011 notes”), bearing interest at a fixed annual rate of 5.50%, payable semi-annually. The proceeds were used to repay our then existing $300 million senior notes, bearing interest at a fixed annual rate of 6.625% which matured on March 15, 2006. The 2011 notes of $299.8 million and $299.7 million, net of $0.2 million and $0.3 million remaining discounts, are recorded as “Long-Term Debt” in our audited consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, respectively.

 

97


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

The 2011 notes were issued at a discount of $0.8 million and, in connection with the issuance, we incurred underwriting and other fees of $2.2 million. These costs are being amortized over the life of the 2011 notes. The 2011 notes contain certain covenants that limit our ability to create liens, enter into sale and leaseback transactions and consolidate, merge or sell assets to another entity. The 2011 notes do not contain any financial covenants.

On February 10, 2006 and September 30, 2005, we entered into interest rate derivative transactions with aggregate notional amounts of $100 million and $200 million, respectively. The objective of these hedges was to mitigate the variability of future cash flows from market changes in Treasury rates in the anticipation of the issuance of the 2011 notes. These transactions were accounted for as cash flow hedges and, as such, changes in fair value of the hedges that took place through the date of the issuance of the 2011 notes were recorded in AOCI. In connection with the issuance of the 2011 notes, these interest rate derivative transactions were executed, resulting in proceeds of $5.0 million at the date of termination. The proceeds are recorded in AOCI and are being amortized over the life of the 2011 notes.

Credit Facilities

At December 31, 2009, we had a $650 million, five-year bank revolving credit facility, which expires in April 2012. Borrowings under the $650 million credit facility are available at prevailing short-term interest rates. The facility requires the maintenance of interest coverage and total debt to Earnings Before Income Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization (“EBITDA”) ratios (defined in the credit agreement). We were in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2009 and at December 31, 2008.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had $259.4 million and $203.4 million, respectively, of borrowings outstanding under the $650 million credit facility with weighted average interest rates of 0.47% and 0.88%, respectively. We borrowed under these facilities from time-to-time during the year ended December 31, 2009 to fund our share repurchases, acquisition strategy and working capital needs. The $650 million credit facility also supports our commercial paper borrowings of up to $300 million (limited by borrowed amounts outstanding under the facility). We did not borrow under our commercial paper program during 2009 and 2008.

In January 2009 and December 2008, we entered into interest rate swap agreements with aggregate notional amounts of $25 million and $75 million, respectively, and designated these swaps as cash flow hedges against variability in cash flows related to our $650 million credit facility. These transactions were accounted for as cash flow hedges and, as such, changes in fair value of the hedges are recorded in AOCI. Approximately $0.8 million of net derivative losses associated with these swaps was included in AOCI at December 31, 2009.

Other

At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, certain of our International operations had non-committed lines of credit of $9.6 million and $8.2 million, respectively. There were no borrowings outstanding under these lines of credit at December 31, 2009 or December 31, 2008. These arrangements have no material commitment fees and no compensating balance requirements.

At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, we were contingently liable under open standby letters of credit issued by our bank in favor of third parties totaling $9.6 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

Interest paid for all outstanding debt totaled $43.7 million, $41.0 million and $27.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

 

98


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Note 7. Financial Instruments

We employ established policies and procedures to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates and foreign currencies. We use foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge short-term foreign currency denominated loans, investments and certain third-party and intercompany transactions. From time-to-time, we use foreign exchange option contracts to reduce our International earnings exposure to adverse changes in foreign exchange rates. In addition, from time-to-time, we use interest rate derivatives to hedge a portion of the interest rate exposure on our outstanding debt or in anticipation of future debt issuance, as discussed under “Interest Rate Risk Management” below.

We do not use derivative financial instruments for trading or speculative purposes. If a hedging instrument ceases to qualify as a hedge, any subsequent gains and losses are recognized currently in income. Collateral is generally not required for these types of instruments.

By their nature, all such instruments involve risk, including the credit risk of non-performance by counterparties. However, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, in our opinion, there was no significant risk of loss in the event of non-performance of the counterparties to these financial instruments. We control our exposure to credit risk through monitoring procedures.

Our trade receivables do not represent a significant concentration of credit risk at December 31, 2009 and 2008, because we sell to a large number of customers in different geographical locations.

We recognize all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the statement of financial position. We recognize all derivatives as either assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and measure those instruments at fair value. In accordance with authoritative guidance, we designate our current outstanding interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges.

For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified to earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.

Interest Rate Risk Management

Our objective in managing exposure to interest rates is to limit the impact of interest rate changes on our earnings, cash flows and financial position, and to lower overall borrowing costs. To achieve these objectives, we maintain a policy that floating-rate debt be managed within a minimum and maximum range of our total debt exposure. To manage our exposure and limit volatility, we may use fixed-rate debt, floating-rate debt and/or interest rate swaps.

In January 2009 and December 2008, we entered into interest rate swap agreements with an aggregate notional amount of $25 million and $75 million, respectively, and designated these swaps as cash flow hedges against variability in cash flows related to our bank revolving credit facility. These transactions were accounted for as cash flow hedges and, as such, changes in fair value of the hedges are recorded in AOCI. At December 31, 2009, the balance of net derivative losses associated with these swaps included in AOCI was $0.8 million.

In January 2008, we entered into interest rate derivative transactions with aggregate notional amounts of $400 million. The objective of these hedges was to mitigate the variability of future cash flows from market changes in Treasury rates in the anticipation of the below referenced debt issuance. These transactions were

 

99


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

accounted for as cash flow hedges and, as such, changes in fair value of the hedges that took place through the date of debt issuance were recorded in AOCI. In connection with the issuance of the 2013 notes, these interest rate derivative transactions were executed, resulting in a payment of $8.5 million at the date of termination. The payments are recorded in AOCI, and will be amortized over the life of the 2013 notes.

In February 2006 and September 2005, we entered into interest rate derivative transactions with aggregate notional amounts of $100 million and $200 million, respectively. The objective of these hedges was to mitigate the variability of future cash flows from market changes in Treasury rates in the anticipation of the below referenced debt issuance. These transactions were accounted for as cash flow hedges, and as such, changes in fair value of the hedges that took place through the date of debt issuance were recorded in AOCI. In connection with the issuance of the 2011 notes, these interest rate derivative transactions were executed, resulting in proceeds of $5.0 million at the date of termination. The proceeds are recorded in AOCI and will be amortized over the life of the 2011 notes.

At December 31, 2006, we had a $300 million bank revolving credit facility available at prevailing short-term interest rates, which we terminated on April 19, 2007, and then entered into a new $500 million, five-year bank revolving credit facility, which expires in April 2012. On January 25, 2008, we exercised a $150 million expansion feature on our $500 million credit facility expanding the total facility to $650 million. Borrowings under the $650 million credit facility are available at prevailing short-term interest rates. At December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008, we had $259.4 million and $203.4 million of floating-rate debt outstanding under the facility, respectively.

A 100 basis point increase/decrease in the weighted average interest rate on our outstanding variable rate debt at December 31, 2009 would result in an incremental increase/decrease in annual interest expense of approximately $2 million.

Foreign Exchange Risk Management

Our objective in managing exposure to foreign currency fluctuations is to reduce the volatility caused by foreign exchange rate changes on the earnings, cash flows and financial position of our International operations. We follow a policy of hedging balance sheet positions denominated in currencies other than the functional currency applicable to each of our various subsidiaries. In addition, we are subject to foreign exchange risk associated with our International earnings and investments. We use short-term, foreign exchange forward and option contracts to implement our hedging strategies. Typically, these contracts have maturities of twelve months or less. These contracts are denominated primarily in the British pound sterling, the Euro and Canadian dollar. The gains and losses on the forward contracts associated with the balance sheet positions hedge are recorded in “Other Income (Expense)—Net” in our consolidated financial statements and are essentially offset by the gains and losses on the underlying foreign currency transactions.

As in prior years, we have hedged substantially all balance sheet positions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency applicable to each of our various subsidiaries with short-term forward foreign exchange contracts. In addition, from time-to-time, we use foreign exchange option contracts to hedge certain foreign earnings and foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge certain net investment positions. The underlying transactions and the corresponding forward exchange and option contracts are marked-to-market at the end of each quarter and are reflected within our consolidated financial statements.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we did not have any option contracts outstanding. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, we had notional amounts of $271.0 million and $254.5 million, respectively, of foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding that offset foreign currency denominated loans. Realized gains and losses

 

100


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

associated with these contracts were $24.9 million and $13.6 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009; $16.2 million and $41.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008; and $0.4 million and $0.4 million, respectively, at December 31, 2007. Unrealized gains and losses associated with these contracts were $0.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively, at December 31, 2009; $0.4 million and $2.8 million, respectively, at December 31, 2008; and $0.4 million and $0.1 million, respectively, at December 31, 2007.

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2009

 

     Asset Derivatives    Liability Derivatives
     2009    2009
     Balance Sheet
Location
   Fair
Value
   Balance Sheet
Location
   Fair
Value

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

           
         Other Accrued &   

Interest rate contracts

   Other Current Assets    $ —      Current Liabilities    $ 0.8
                   

Total derivatives designated as hedging instruments

      $ —         $ 0.8
                   

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

           
         Other Accrued &   

Foreign exchange contracts

   Other Current Assets    $ 0.6    Current Liabilities    $ 0.2
                   

Total derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

      $ 0.6       $ 0.2
                   

Total Derivatives

      $ 0.6       $ 1.0
                   

The Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2009:

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow
Hedging Relationships

  Amount of
Gain or
(Loss)
Recognized
in OCI on

Derivative
(Effective
Portion)
    Location of
Gain or (Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated

OCI Into Income
(Effective Portion)
  Amount of
Gain or
(Loss)
Reclassified
from
Accumulated
OCI on Into
Income
(Effective
Portion)
    Location of
Gain or (Loss)
Recognized in
Income on
Derivative
(Ineffective

Portion and
Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing)
  Amount of Gain
or (Loss)
Recognized in
Income

on Derivative
(Ineffective
Portion and
Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness
Testing)
    For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2009
        For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2009
        For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2009

Interest rate contracts

  $ (0.1   Non-Operating
Income
(Expenses)—Net
 

$

(1.4

  Non-Operating
Income

(Expenses)—Net

 

$

—  

Our forward exchange contracts and foreign exchange options are not designated as hedging instruments under authoritative guidance.

 

101


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

The Effect of Derivative Instruments on the Consolidated Statement of Operations for the Year Ended December 31, 2009:

 

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

  

Location of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in Income on
Derivative

   Amount of Gain or
(Loss) Recognized
in Income On
Derivative
          For the Year Ended
December 31, 2009

Forward exchange contracts

   Non-Operating Income (Expenses)—Net    $ 13.9

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Our financial assets and liabilities that are reflected in the consolidated financial statements include derivative financial instruments. We use short-term foreign exchange forward contracts to hedge short-term foreign currency-denominated loans, investments and certain third-party and intercompany transactions and, from time-to-time, we have used foreign exchange option contracts to reduce our International earnings exposure to adverse changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Fair value for derivative financial instruments is determined utilizing a market approach.

We have an established and well-documented process for determining fair values. Fair value is based upon quoted market prices, where available. If listed prices or quotes are not available, we use quotes from independent pricing vendors based on recent trading activity and other relevant information including market interest rate curves and referenced credit spreads.

In addition to utilizing external valuations, we conduct our own internal assessment of the reasonableness of the external valuations by utilizing a variety of valuation techniques including Black-Scholes option pricing and discounted cash flow models that are consistently applied. Inputs to these models include observable market data such as yield curves, and foreign exchange rates where applicable. Our assessments are designed to identify prices that appear stale, those that have changed significantly from prior valuations and other anomalies that may indicate that a price may not be accurate. We also follow established routines for reviewing and reconfirming valuations with the pricing provider, if deemed appropriate. In addition, the pricing vendor has an established challenge process in place for all valuations, which facilitates identification and resolution of potentially erroneous prices. Valuation adjustments may be made to ensure that financial instruments are recorded at fair value. These adjustments include amounts to reflect counterparty credit quality, and our own creditworthiness and constraints on liquidity. For non-active markets that do not have observable pricing or sufficient trading volumes, or for positions that are subject to transfer restrictions, valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability. Such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence. In the absence of such evidence, management’s best estimate will be used.

The methods described above may produce a fair value calculation that may not be indicative of net realizable value or reflective of future fair values. Furthermore, while we believe our valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with other market participants, the use of different methodologies or assumptions to determine the fair value of certain financial instruments could result in a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

 

102


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

The following table summarizes fair value measurements by level at December 31, 2009 for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical

Assets
(Level I)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level II)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level III)
   Balance at
December 31,
2009

Assets:

           

Cash Equivalents(1)

   $ 106.7    $ —      $ —      $ 106.7

Other Current Assets:

           

Foreign Exchange Forwards(2)

   $ —      $ 0.6    $ —      $ 0.6

Liabilities:

           

Other Accrued and Current Liabilities:

           

Foreign Exchange Forwards(2)

   $ —      $ 0.2    $ —      $ 0.2

Swap Arrangement(3)

   $ —      $ 0.8    $ —      $ 0.8

 

(1) Cash equivalents represent fair value as it consists of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of maturity.

 

(2) Primarily represents foreign currency forward contracts. Fair value is determined utilizing a market approach and considers a factor for nonperformance in the valuation.

 

(3) Primarily represents our interest rate swap agreements.

The following table summarizes fair value measurements by level at December 31, 2008 for assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

     Quoted
Prices in
Active
Markets for
Identical

Assets
(Level I)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level II)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level III)
   Balance at
December 31,
2008

Assets:

           

Cash Equivalents(1)

   $ 110.7    $ —      $ —      $ 110.7

Other Current Assets:

           

Foreign Exchange Forwards(2)

   $ —      $ 0.4    $ —      $ 0.4

Liabilities:

           

Other Accrued and Current Liabilities:

           

Foreign Exchange Forwards(2)

   $ —      $ 2.8    $ —      $ 2.8

Swap Arrangement(3)

   $ —      $ 0.7    $ —      $ 0.7

 

(1) Cash equivalents represent fair value as it consists of highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of maturity.

 

(2) Primarily represents foreign currency forward contracts. Fair value is determined utilizing a market approach and considers a factor for nonperformance in the valuation.

 

(3) Primarily represents our interest rate swap agreements.

 

103


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis

In addition to assets and liabilities that are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis, we are required to record assets and liabilities at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as required by GAAP. Generally, assets are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as a result of impairment charges. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded an impairment charge of $3.0 million related to certain intangible assets of Visible Path. See Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We determined that the new cost basis of Visible Path is zero based on Level III inputs.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, our financial instruments included cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other receivables, accounts payable, short-term and long-term borrowings and foreign exchange forward and option contracts.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the fair value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, other receivables and accounts payable approximated carrying value due to the short-term nature of these instruments. The estimated fair values of other financial instruments subject to fair value disclosures, determined based on third-party quotes from financial institutions, are as follows:

 

     December 31,
   2009    2008
   Carrying Amount
(Asset) Liability
   Fair Value
(Asset) Liability
   Carrying Amount
(Asset) Liability
   Fair Value
(Asset) Liability

Long-term Debt

   $ 699.8    $ 747.7    $ 699.7    $ 687.3
                           

Credit Facilities

   $ 259.4    $ 254.8    $ 203.4    $ 211.7
                           

Note 8. Capital Stock

The total number of shares of all classes of stock that we have authority to issue under our Certificate of Incorporation is 220,000,000 shares, of which 200,000,000 shares, par value $0.01 per share, represent Common Stock (the “Common Stock”); 10,000,000 shares, par value $0.01 per share, represent Preferred Stock (the “Preferred Stock”); and 10,000,000 shares, par value $0.01 per share, represent Series Common Stock (the “Series Common Stock”). The Preferred Stock and the Series Common Stock can be issued with varying terms, as determined by our Board of Directors. Our Board of Directors has designated 500,000 shares of the Preferred Stock as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, and 1,400,000 shares of the Preferred Stock as Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share.

In August 2000, in connection with our separation from Moody’s (see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K), we entered into a Rights Agreement with our Rights Agent Computershare Limited, formerly known as EquiServe Trust Company, N.A. In 2009, we changed our Rights Agent to Mellon Investor Services LLC. The Rights Agreement was designed to:

 

   

minimize the prospects of changes in control that could jeopardize the tax-free nature of the separation by assuring meaningful Board of Directors’ involvement in any such proposed transaction; and

 

   

enable us to develop our businesses and foster our long-term growth without disruptions caused by the threat of a change in control not deemed by our Board of Directors to be in the best interests of shareholders.

 

104


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Under the Rights Agreement, each share of our Common Stock has a right that trades with the stock until the right becomes exercisable. Each right entitles the registered holder to purchase one one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, at a price of $125 per one one-thousandth of a share, subject to adjustment. The rights will generally not be exercisable until a person or group (an “Acquiring Person”) acquires beneficial ownership of, or commences a tender offer or exchange offer that would result in such person or group having beneficial ownership of 15% or more of the outstanding Common Stock.

In the event that any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person, each right will thereafter entitle its holder (other than the Acquiring Person) to receive, upon exercise of a right and payment of the adjusted purchase price, that number of shares of our Common Stock having a market value of two times the purchase price.

In the event that, after a person or group has become an Acquiring Person, we are acquired by another person in a merger or other business combination transaction, or 50% or more of our consolidated assets or earning power are sold, each right will entitle its holder (other than the Acquiring Person) to receive, upon exercise, that number of shares of common stock of the person with whom we have engaged in the foregoing transaction (or its parent) having a market value of two times the purchase price.

We may redeem the rights, which expire on August 15, 2010, for $0.01 per right, under certain circumstances.

Preferred Stock Issuance

On February 24, 2009, we authorized 1,400,000 shares of 4.0% Series B Preferred Stock (“Series B Preferred Stock”) and issued 1,345,757 of such shares to a wholly-owned subsidiary in an intercompany transaction in exchange for $1.2 billion of outstanding intercompany debt. This transaction was eliminated in the consolidation. This transaction was undertaken in connection with worldwide legal entity simplification. The Series B Preferred Stock was issued pursuant to an exemption from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The terms of the Series B Preferred Stock were set forth in a Certificate of Designation amending our Certificate of Incorporation effective as of February 24, 2009.

Note 9. Earnings Per Share

Effective January 1, 2009, we updated our policy to reflect the authoritative guidance in ASC 260-10, which clarifies that instruments granted in share-based payment transactions (e.g., stock-based awards) are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing EPS under the two-class method. The two-class method requires earnings to be allocated between common shareholders and holders of participating securities. All outstanding unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends are considered to be a separate class of common stock and should be included in the calculation of basic and diluted EPS. The EPS calculation is applied retrospectively to all prior-period EPS data presented. The impact of the adoption resulted in a four-cent and two-cent decrease to our basic and diluted EPS for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Based on a review of our stock-based awards, we have determined that only our restricted stock awards are deemed participating securities. The weighted average restricted shares outstanding was 0.4 million shares for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.

 

105


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2009     2008     2007  

Income From Continuing Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 319.4      $ 309.5      $ 292.7   

Less: Allocation to Participating Securities

     (2.2     (2.2     (1.9
                        

Income from Continuing Operations Applicable to D&B Common Shareholders—Basic

     317.2        307.3        290.8   

Effect of Dilutive Shares—Unvested Restricted Stock

     —          —          —     
                        

Income from Continuing Operations Applicable to Common Shareholders—Diluted

     317.2        307.3        290.8   

Income from Discontinued Operations—Net of Income taxes

     —          1.1        5.4   
                        

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders—Basic

   $ 317.2      $ 308.4      $ 296.2   
                        

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders—Diluted

   $ 317.2      $ 308.4      $ 296.2   
                        

Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding—Basic

     52.3        54.4        58.3   

Dilutive Effect of Our Stock Incentive Plans

     0.6        0.9        1.3   
                        

Weighted Average Number of Shares Outstanding—Diluted

     52.9        55.3        59.6   
                        

Basic Earnings Per Share of Common Stock:

      

Income From Continuing Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 6.06      $ 5.65      $ 4.99   

Income from Discontinued Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

     —          0.02        0.09   
                        

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 6.06      $ 5.67      $ 5.08   
                        

Diluted Earnings Per Share of Common Stock:

      

Income From Continuing Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 5.99      $ 5.56      $ 4.88   

Income from Discontinued Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

     —          0.02        0.09   
                        

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 5.99      $ 5.58      $ 4.97   
                        

Stock-based awards to acquire 1.1 million, 0.7 million and 0.4 million shares of common stock were outstanding at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the assumed proceeds, as calculated under the treasury stock method, resulted in these awards being anti-dilutive. Our options generally expire 10 years from the grant date.

The following table sets forth our share repurchases:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
     2009    2008    2007

Program

   Shares     $ Amount    Shares     $ Amount    Shares     $ Amount
     (Share Data in millions)

Share Repurchase Programs

   1.9 (a)(b)    $ 150.0    3.5 (b)(c)    $ 299.5    3.3 (c)(d)    $ 298.2

Repurchases to Mitigate the Dilutive Effect of the Shares Issued Under Our Stock Incentive Plans and Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”)

   1.0 (e)      75.6    0.9 (e)      82.4    1.2 (e)      110.3
                                      

Total Repurchases

   2.9      $ 225.6    4.4      $ 381.9    4.5      $ 408.5
                                      

 

106


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

 

(a) In February 2009, our Board of Directors approved a $200 million share repurchase program which commenced in December 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased 0.2 million shares of common stock for $22.7 million under this share repurchase program. We anticipate that this program will be completed by December 2011.

 

(b) In December 2007, our Board of Directors approved a $400 million, two-year share repurchase program which commenced in February 2008. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we repurchased 1.7 million shares of common stock for $127.3 million under this share repurchase program. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we repurchased 3.2 million shares of common stock for $272.7 million under this share repurchase program. This program was completed in December 2009.

 

(c) In May 2007, our Board of Directors approved a $200 million, one-year share repurchase program which commenced in July 2007. During the year ended December 31, 2008, we repurchased 0.3 million shares of common stock for $26.8 million under this share repurchase program. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we repurchased 1.9 million shares of common stock for $173.2 million under this share repurchase program. This program was completed in February 2008.

 

(d) In August 2006, our Board of Directors approved a $200 million, one-year share repurchase program which commenced in October 2006. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we repurchased 1.4 million shares of common stock for $125.0 million under this share repurchase program. This program was completed in July 2007.

 

(e) In August 2006, our Board of Directors approved a four-year, five million share repurchase program to mitigate the dilutive effect of the shares issued under our stock incentive plans and ESPP. This program expires in August 2010. We anticipate that this program will be completed prior to maturity in August 2010.

Note 10. Pension and Postretirement Benefits

Through June 30, 2007, we offered substantially all of our U.S.-based employees coverage under a defined benefit plan called The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation Retirement Account (“U.S. Qualified Plan”). The defined benefit plan covered active and retired employees including retired individuals from spin-off companies (see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion of spin-off companies). The benefits to be paid upon retirement are based on a percentage of the employee’s annual compensation. The percentage of compensation allocated annually to a retirement account ranged from 3% to 12.5%, based on age and service. Amounts allocated under the plan also receive interest credits based on the 30-year Treasury rate or equivalent rate published by the Internal Revenue Service. Pension costs are determined actuarially and funded in accordance with the IRS. We also maintain supplemental and excess plans in the United States (“U.S. Non-Qualified Plans”) to provide additional retirement benefits to certain key employees of the Company. These plans are unfunded, pay-as-you-go plans. The U.S. Qualified Plan and the U.S. Non-Qualified Plans account for approximately 70% and 15% of our pension obligation, respectively, at December 31, 2009. Our employees in certain of our International operations are also provided retirement benefits through defined benefit plans, representing the remaining balance of our pension obligations.

In addition to providing pension benefits, we provide various health care and life insurance benefits for retired employees. U.S.-based employees, who retire with 10 years of vesting service after age 45, are eligible to receive these benefits. These postretirement benefit costs and obligations are also determined actuarially.

Effective March 1, 2010, we will eliminate company-paid life insurance benefits for retirees. In addition, we will only share the minimum necessary amount of subsidy received from the government in any year to maintain actuarial equivalence for as long as possible.

 

107


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Certain of our non-U.S. based employees receive postretirement benefits through government-sponsored or administered programs.

In addition, on May 1, 2006, we added a new supplemental pension plan in the U.S. for certain key employees hired or promoted after January 1, 2006.

Effective June 30, 2007, we amended the U.S. Qualified Plan and one of the U.S. Non-Qualified Plans, known as the U.S. Pension Benefit Equalization Plan (“PBEP”). Any pension benefit that had been accrued through such date under the two plans was “frozen” at its then current value and no additional benefits, other than interest on such amounts, will accrue under the U.S. Qualified Plan and the PBEP. All non-vested participants under the two plans who were actively employed as of June 30, 2007, were immediately vested on July 1, 2007. As a result, we recognized a curtailment charge of $3.2 million during the second quarter of 2007.

We use an annual measurement date of December 31 for our U.S. and Canada plans and November 30 for other non-U.S. plans.

Benefit Obligation and Plan Assets

The following table sets forth the changes in our benefit obligations and plan assets for our pension and postretirement plans. The table also reconciles the funded status of these obligations to the amounts reflected in our financial statements, and identifies the line items in our consolidated balance sheets where the related assets and liabilities are recorded.

 

     Pension Plans     Postretirement Benefits  
     2009     2008         2009             2008      

Change in Benefit Obligation:

        

Benefit Obligation at January 1

   $ (1,511.8   $ (1,591.4   $ (79.2   $ (84.3

Service Cost

     (7.0     (5.8     (0.6     (0.6

Interest Cost

     (90.7     (95.1     (4.3     (4.6

Benefits Paid

     93.4        94.8        21.5        20.6   

Direct Subsidies Received

     —          —          (2.7     (2.7

Plan Amendment

     4.6        —          20.2        —     

Impact of Curtailment Gain

     0.7        1.1        —          —     

Special Termination Benefit

     —          (1.1     —          —     

Plan Participant Contributions

     (0.4     (0.6     (10.4     (11.0

Actuarial (Loss) Gain

     (34.2     36.0        4.7        2.9   

Assumption Change

     (96.4     (17.1     (4.5     0.5   

Effect of Changes in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

     (23.2     67.4        —          —     
                                

Benefit Obligation at December 31

   $ (1,665.0   $ (1,511.8   $ (55.3   $ (79.2
                                

Change in Plan Assets:

        

Fair Value of Plan Assets at January 1

   $ 1,074.6      $ 1,589.0      $ —        $ —     

Actual Return on Plan Assets

     191.5        (392.2     —          —     

Employer Contributions

     24.4        23.0        8.4        6.9   

Direct Subsidies Received

     —          —          2.7        2.7   

Plan Participant Contributions

     0.4        0.6        10.4        11.0   

Benefits Paid

     (93.3     (94.8     (21.5     (20.6

Effect of Changes in Foreign Currency Exchange Rates

     16.6        (51.0     —          —     
                                

Fair Value of Plan Assets at December 31

   $ 1,214.2      $ 1,074.6      $ —        $ —     
                                

 

108


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

     At December 31,  
     2009     2008     2009     2008  

Reconciliation of Funded Status to Total Amount Recognized:

        

Funded Status of Plan

   $ (450.8   $ (437.2   $ (55.3   $ (79.2
                                

Amounts Recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:

        

Prepaid Pension Costs

   $ —        $ 0.1      $ —        $ —     

Pension and Postretirement Benefits

     (432.7     (421.7     (7.3     (69.5

Accrued Payroll

     (18.1     (15.6     (48.0     (9.7
                                

Net Amount Recognized

   $ (450.8   $ (437.2   $ (55.3   $ (79.2
                                

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

   $ 1,638.3      $ 1,485.2        N/A        N/A   
                                

Amount Recognized in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income Consists of:

        

Actuarial Loss (Gain)

   $ 887.7      $ 855.2      $ (26.2   $ (28.4

Prior Service Cost (Credit)

     2.3        7.9        (17.8     (1.3
                                

Total Amount Recognized—Pretax

   $ 890.0      $ 863.1      $ (44.0   $ (29.7
                                

Grantor Trusts are used to fund the U.S. Non-Qualified Plans. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the balances in these trusts were $13.6 million and $7.2 million, respectively, included as components of “Other Non-Current Assets” in the consolidated balance sheets.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, our pension plans have an aggregate of $887.7 million and $855.2 million, respectively, of actuarial losses that have not yet been included in net periodic benefit cost. These losses represent the cumulative effect of demographic and investment experience, as well as assumption changes that have been made in measuring the plans’ liabilities. The deferred asset gain or loss is not yet reflected in the market-related value of plan assets and is excluded in determining the loss amortization. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, our pension plans had $233.7 million and $384.1 million of deferred asset losses, respectively, which were excluded from determining the loss amortization. The remaining loss, to the extent it exceeds the greater of 10% of the projected benefit obligation or market-related value of plan assets, will be amortized into expense each year on a straight-line and plan-by-plan basis, over the remaining expected future working lifetime of active participants or the average remaining life expectancy of the participants if all or almost all of the plan participants are inactive. Currently, the amortization periods range from 11 to 26 years for the U.S. plans and 8 to 33 years for the non-U.S. plans. For certain of our non-U.S. plans, almost all of the plan participants are inactive. In addition, during 2009 we changed the amortization period for our U.S. Qualified Plan from average future service years of active participants to average life expectancy of all plan participants according to our accounting policy. The change was a result of almost all plan participants being deemed inactive. The postretirement benefit plan had $26.2 million and $28.4 million of actuarial gains as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The actuarial gains will be amortized into expense in the same manner as described above. The amortization period is approximately 10 years.

Underfunded or Unfunded Accumulated Benefit Obligations

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, our underfunded or unfunded accumulated benefit obligation and the related projected benefit obligation is as follows:

 

     2009    2008

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

   $ 1,638.3    $ 1,467.9

Fair Value of Plan Assets

     1,214.2      1,056.3
             

Unfunded Accumulated Benefit Obligation

   $ 424.1    $ 411.6
             

Projected Benefit Obligation

   $ 1,621.2    $ 1,493.3
             

 

109


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

The underfunded or unfunded accumulated benefit obligations at December 31, 2009 consisted of $360.9 million and $63.2 million related to our U.S. plans (including Qualified and non-Qualified Plans) and non-U.S. defined benefit plans, respectively. The underfunded or unfunded accumulated benefit obligations at December 31, 2008 consisted of $374.4 million and $37.2 million related to our U.S. Non-Qualified Plans and non-U.S. defined benefit plans, respectively.

Net Periodic Pension Costs

The following table sets forth the components of the net periodic cost associated with our pension plans and our postretirement benefit obligations:

 

    Pension Plans     Postretirement Benefits  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  

Components of Net Periodic Cost:

           

Service Cost

  $ 7.0      $ 5.8      $ 11.6      $ 0.6      $ 0.6      $ 0.7   

Interest Cost

    90.7        95.1        91.3        4.3        4.6        5.1   

Expected Return on Plan Assets

    (115.2     (121.7     (117.1     —          —          —     

Amortization of Prior Service Cost (Credit)

    1.0        0.9        1.4        (3.7     (7.5     (7.5

Amortized Actuarial (Gain) Loss

    22.5        16.2        23.5        (2.5     (1.9     (1.8
                                               

Net Periodic (Income) Cost

  $ 6.0      $ (3.7   $ 10.7      $ (1.3   $ (4.2   $ (3.5
                                               
        The following table sets forth other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in Other Comprehensive Income:    
                At December 31,  
                2009     2008     2009     2008  

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income:

           

Amortization of Actuarial (Loss) Gain, Before Taxes of $3.6 in 2009 and $5.6 in 2008

      $ (22.5   $ (16.2   $ 2.5      $ 1.9   

Amortization of Prior Service (Cost) Credit, Before Taxes of $0.5 in 2009 and $2.6 in 2008

      $ (1.0   $ (0.9   $ 3.7      $ 7.5   

Actuarial Loss (Gain) Arising During the Year, Before Taxes of $9.9 in 2009 and $190.0 in 2008

      $ 55.0      $ 492.6      $ (0.3   $ (6.7

Prior Service Cost Arising During the Year

      $ (4.6   $ —        $ (20.2   $ (0.1
        The following table sets forth estimated 2010 amortization from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income:    
    Pension Plans     Postretirement Benefits  
    2009     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  

Estimated 2010 amortization from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income:

           

Actuarial Loss (Gain)

  $ 21.2        N/A        N/A      $ (1.8     N/A        N/A   

Prior Service Cost

    0.2        N/A        N/A        (4.7     N/A        N/A   
                       

Total

  $ 21.4        N/A        N/A      $ (6.5     N/A        N/A   
                       

In addition, we incurred a special termination benefit charge of $1.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 and a settlement charge of $1.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2007, related to our Canadian plan. We also incurred a curtailment charge of $3.2 million for our U.S. pension plans for the year ended December 31, 2007. These charges are associated with our Financial Flexibility initiatives.

 

110


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

We apply our long-term expected rate of return assumption to the market-related value of assets to calculate the expected return on plan assets, which is a major component of our annual net periodic pension expense. The market-related value of assets recognizes short-term fluctuations in the fair value of assets over a period of five years, using a straight-line amortization basis. The methodology has been utilized to reduce the effect of short-term market fluctuations on the net periodic pension cost. Since the market-related value of assets recognizes gains or losses over a five-year-period, the future value of assets will be impacted as previously deferred gains or losses are amortized. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the market-related value of assets of our pension plans was $1,447.9 million and $1,458.7 million, respectively, compared with the fair value of the plan assets of $1,214.2 million and $1,074.6 million, respectively.

The following table sets forth the assumptions we used to determine our pension plan and postretirement benefit plan obligations for December 31, 2009 and 2008:

 

    Pension Plans   Postretirement Benefits  
   

                2009                

                  2008                  

    2009    

        2008      

Weighted Average Discount Rate

  5.71%   6.21%   5.28   6.23

Weighted Average Rate of Compensation Increase

  5.24%   5.18%   N/A      N/A   

Cash Balance Account Interest Crediting
Rate(1)

  4.50%   3.00%   N/A      N/A   

Cash Balance Account Conversion Rate(1)

  2.35%/5.65%/6.45%   6.72%/7.11%/6.36%   N/A      N/A   

 

(1) Only applicable to the U.S. Plans.

The following table sets forth the assumptions we used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

 

    Pension Plans     Postretirement Benefits  
                    2009                     2008     2007     2009     2008     2007  

Weighted Average Discount Rate

  6.14   5.93   5.50   6.23   6.11   5.64

Weighted Average Expected Long-Term Return on Plan Assets

  8.14   7.49   7.76   N/A      N/A      N/A   

Weighted Average Rate of Compensation Increase

  6.09   5.27   4.07   N/A      N/A      N/A   

Cash Balance Account Interest Crediting
Rate(1)

  3.00   4.75   4.75   N/A      N/A      N/A   

Cash Balance Account Conversion Rate(1)

  6.72%/7.11%/6.36   4.96   4.75   N/A      N/A      N/A   

 

(1) Only applicable to the U.S. Plans.

The expected long-term rate of return assumption was 8.25% for each of the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 for the U.S. Qualified Plan, our principal pension plan. For the year ended December 31, 2010, we will continue to apply an 8.25% expected long-term rate of return assumption to the U.S. Qualified Plan. This assumption is based on the plan’s 2010 target asset allocation of 65% equity securities, 29% debt securities and 6% real estate. The expected long-term rate of return assumption reflects long-term capital market return forecasts for the asset classes employed, assumed excess returns from active management within each asset class, the portion of plan assets that are actively managed, and periodic rebalancing back to target allocations. Current market factors such as inflation and interest rates are evaluated before the long-term capital market assumptions are determined. In addition, peer data and historical returns are reviewed to check for

 

111


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

reasonableness. Although we review our expected long-term rate of return assumption annually, our plan performance in any one particular year does not, by itself, significantly influence our evaluation. Our assumption is generally not revised unless there is a fundamental change in one of the factors upon which it is based, such as the target asset allocation or long-term capital market return forecasts.

Obligations

We use the discount rate to measure the present value of pension plan obligations and postretirement health care obligations at year-end as well as to calculate next year’s pension income or cost. It is derived by using a yield curve approach which matches projected plan benefit payment streams with bond portfolios reflecting actual liability duration unique to the plans. The rate is adjusted at each remeasurement date, based on the factors noted above.

Plan Assets (U.S. Qualified Plan and non-U.S. pension plans)

A financial instrument’s level or categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, including the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Common Stocks and Preferred Stocks

Common stocks and preferred stocks are classified as Level I assets as they are traded in active markets, such as the NYSE, NASDAQ, European exchanges, etc., with quoted market prices (observable inputs).

Commingled Equity Funds

Commingled equity funds are classified as Level II assets. The Net Asset Value (“NAV”) of commingled equity funds are determined by prices of the underlying securities, less the funds’ liabilities, and then divided by the number of shares outstanding. As the funds are not traded in active markets, the commingled equity funds are classified as Level II assets.

Commingled Fixed Income Funds

Commingled fixed income funds are classified as Level II assets. These investments vehicles are valued using the NAV provided by the administrator of the fund. The NAV of commingled fixed income funds are determined by prices of the underlying securities, less the funds’ liabilities, and then divided by the number of shares outstanding. As the funds are not traded in active markets, the commingled fixed income funds are classified as Level II assets.

Corporate and Other Bonds

These assets are classified as Level II assets. These investments trade in markets that are not considered to be active and whose values are based on quoted market prices or dealer quotations. Corporate Bonds are typically traded over-the-counter, not via exchanges (e.g., prices are negotiated individually). Hence, identical assets can be quoted with different prices depending on the parties involved. Observable inputs would be the prices obtained from third-party pricing sources retained by the custodian. Such prices are determined by the Treasury yields and the corporate spreads.

 

112


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

U.S. and Foreign Governments Bonds and U.S. Agency Mortgage Backed Securities

U.S. Treasury Securities are a Level I asset due to availability of quoted prices in active markets on a daily basis. U.S. Treasury prices can be obtained via direct market quotes provided by market makers and U.S. Treasuries have much more pricing transparency (e.g., very little bid-ask spread versus the other instruments having a larger bid-ask spread).

Government and government agency obligations are generally valued based on bid quotations for identical or similar obligations. Foreign Government Bonds, Agency debts or Mortgage Backed Securities are traded over-the-counter, not via exchanges. Observable inputs would be the prices obtained from third party pricing sources retained by the custodian. These investments are Level II assets.

Real Estate Investment Trusts

The real estate investment trust component of Plan assets is made up of publicly traded U.S. equities in the real estate industry. Since quoted prices are available in active markets. These investments are a Level I asset.

Real Estate Funds

Real estate funds investing in real private properties are classified as Level III assets because liquidity is limited and there are few observable market participant transactions. The underlying investments are valued using third parties. The investment valuations are obtained through appraisals which use the income approach based on unobservable cash flows to be received from expected rents.

Short-Term Investment Funds (“STIF”)

These investments typically include cash, bank notes, corporate notes, government bills and various short-term debt instruments. They are collective trusts typically valued at $1 for the NAV. The short term funds are classified within Level II of the valuation hierarchy.

The following table sets forth by level, within the fair value hierarchy, the plan assets at fair value as of December 31, 2009:

 

Asset Category

   Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets

(Level I)
   Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level II)
   Significant
Unobservable
Inputs

(Level III)
   Total

Common and Preferred Stocks

   $ 386.1    $ —      $ —      $ 386.1

Commingled Equity Funds

     —        385.3      —        385.3

Commingled Fixed Income Funds

     —        246.7      —        246.7

Corporate and Other Bonds

     —        67.4      —        67.4

U.S. and Foreign Government Bonds and U.S. Agency Mortgage Backed Securities

     21.1      40.3      —        61.4

Real Estate Investment Trusts

     2.8      —        —        2.8

Real Estate Funds

     —        —        51.2      51.2

Short Term Investment Funds

     —        13.3      —        13.3
                           

Total Investments at Fair Value

   $ 410.0    $ 753.0    $ 51.2    $ 1,214.2
                           

 

113


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Level III Gains and Losses

The table below sets forth the summary of changes in the fair value of the Plan’s Level III assets for the year ended December 31, 2009:

 

     Real Estate Funds  

Beginning Balance at December 31, 2008

   $ 78.4   

Acquisitions

     1.7   

Dispositions

     (0.6

Unrealized Loss

     (28.3
        

Ending Balance at December 31, 2009

   $ 51.2   
        

Investment Strategy

The investment objective for our principal plan, the U.S. Qualified Plan, is to achieve over the investment horizon a long-term total return, which at least matches our expected long-term rate of return assumption while maintaining a prudent level of portfolio risk. We emphasize long-term growth of principal while avoiding excessive risk so as to use Plan asset returns to help finance pension obligations, thus improving our Plan’s funded status. We predominantly invest in assets that can be sold readily and efficiently to ensure our ability to reasonably meet expected cash flow requirements. Although peer relative performance is examined, out-performance of such does not constitute an investment objective.

We define our primary risk concern to be the Plan’s funded status volatility and to a lesser extent total plan return volatility. Understanding that risk is present in all types of assets and investment styles, we acknowledge that some risk is necessary to produce long-term investment results that are sufficient to meet the Plan’s objectives. However, we monitor and ensure that the investment managers we employ make reasonable efforts to maximize returns while controlling for risk parameters.

Investment risk is also controlled through diversification among multiple asset classes, managers, investment styles and periodic rebalancing toward asset allocation targets. Risk is further controlled at the investment manager level by requiring managers to follow formal written investment guidelines which enumerate eligible securities, maximum portfolio concentration limits, excess return and tracking error targets as well as other relevant portfolio constraints. Investment results and risk are measured and monitored on an ongoing basis and quarterly investment reviews are conducted. The Plan’s active investment managers are prohibited from investing plan assets in equity or debt securities issued or guaranteed by us.

Our Plan assets are invested using a combination of both active and passive (indexed) investment strategies. Active strategies employ multiple investment management firms. The Plan’s equity securities are diversified across U.S. and non-U.S. stocks in order to further reduce risk at the total Plan level. Our active investment managers employ a range of investment styles and approaches that are combined in a way that compensates for capitalization and style biases versus benchmark indices. As such, our investment managers are expected to adhere to the investment management style for which they were hired and are evaluated regularly for adherence to investment discipline.

The Plan’s debt securities are diversified principally among securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or its agencies, mortgage-backed securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations, corporate debt obligations and dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. by non-U.S. banks and corporations. Generally, up to 10% of the actively managed debt securities may be invested in securities rated below investment grade. The plan’s real estate investments are made through a commingled equity real estate fund of U.S. properties diversified by property type and geographic location.

 

114


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

We have formally identified the primary objective for each asset class within our Plan. U.S. equities are held for their long-term capital appreciation and dividend income which is expected to exceed the rate of inflation. International equities are held for their long-term capital appreciation, as well as diversification relative to U.S. equities and other asset classes. Fixed income instruments are held as a source of current income and to reduce overall Plan volatility. Additionally they are designed to provide a partial hedge relative to the interest rate sensitivity of the Plan’s liabilities. Real estate investments are held as a hedge against unexpected inflation and are expected to provide a relatively high level of income. Real estate investments are also expected to provide diversification to the overall Fund. Cash is held only to meet liquidity requirements.

Allocations

We employ a total return investment approach in which a mix of equity, debt and real estate investments are used to achieve a competitive long-term rate on plan assets at a prudent level of risk. Our weighted average plan target asset allocation is 64% equity securities (range of 58% to 72%), 31% debt securities (range of 22% to 36%) and 5% real estate (range of 1% to 11%). The Plan’s actual allocation is controlled by periodic rebalancing back to target.

The following table sets forth the weighted average asset allocations and target asset allocations by asset category, as of the measurement dates of the plans:

 

     Asset Allocations     Target Asset
Allocations
 
     For the Years Ended December 31,  
     2009     2008     2009     2008  

Equity Securities

   64   62   64   65

Debt Securities

   32      31      31      30   

Real Estate

   4      7      5      5   
                        

Total

   100   100   100   100
                        

Contributions and Benefit Payments

We expect to contribute approximately $31 million to our U.S. Non-Qualified plans and non-U.S. pension plans and approximately $7 million to our postretirement benefit plan for the year ended December 31, 2010. We do not expect to make any contributions to the U.S. Qualified Plan in fiscal 2010 for the 2009 plan year. Final funding requirements for fiscal 2010 will be determined based on our January 2010 funding actuarial valuation.

The following table summarizes expected benefit payments from our pension plans and postretirement plans through 2019. Actual benefit payments may differ from expected benefit payments. These amounts are net of expected plan participant contributions.

 

     Pension
Plans
   Postretirement Benefits
      Gross
Expected
Benefit
Payment
   Gross
Expected
Subsidy
   Net
Expected

Benefit
Payment

2010

   $ 105.0    $ 10.1    $ 2.8    $ 7.3

2011

     112.1      9.5      3.0      6.5

2012

     99.7      8.8      3.1      5.7

2013

     101.1      8.3      3.3      5.0

2014

     102.0      7.8      3.4      4.4

2015-2019

     555.6      35.7      17.7      18.0

 

115


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Health Care Benefits

For measurement purposes, a 9.0% and 11.0% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered health care benefits was assumed for medical and prescription drug, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009. The rates are assumed to decrease gradually to 5.0% in 2013, and remain at that level thereafter.

Assumed health care cost trend rates have an effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one-percentage-point change in the assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

     1% Point  
   Increase    Decrease  

Benefit Obligation at End of Year

   $ 0.8    $ (0.6

Service Cost Plus Interest Cost

   $ 0.1    $ (0.1

401(k) Plan

We have a 401(k) plan covering substantially all U.S. employees that provides for employee salary deferral contribution and employer contributions. Employees may contribute up to 50% of their pay on a pre-tax basis subject to IRS limitations. In addition, employees age 50 or older are allowed to contribute additional pre-tax “catch-up” contributions. In the second quarter of 2007, we amended our matching policy in the 401(k) plan effective July 1, 2007, to increase our match formula from 50% to 100% of a team member’s contributions and to increase the maximum match to seven percent (7%), from six percent (6%), of such team member’s eligible compensation, subject to certain 401(k) plan limitations. In February 2009, an amendment was made to the 401(k) plan to decrease the match formula from 100% to 50% of a team member’s contributions and to decrease the maximum match from 7% to 3% of such team member’s eligible compensation, subject to certain 401(k) plan limitations.

We recognized expense associated with our employer contributions to the plan of $6.9 million, $19.2 million and $12.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Note 11. Employee Stock Plans

The total stock-based compensation expense recognized for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $22.3 million, $27.6 million, and $25.9 million, respectively. The expected tax benefit associated with our stock-based compensation programs was $8.3 million, $10.1 million, and $9.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Stock Incentive Plans

The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (“2009 SIP”) and Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan (“2000 DSIP”) allow for the granting of stock-based awards, such as, but not limited to, stock options, restricted stock and restricted stock units, to certain employees and non-employee directors. On May 5, 2009, our shareholders approved the 2009 SIP which authorized the issuance of up to 5.4 million shares of our common stock plus any shares that were remaining and available for issuance under the 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (“2000 SIP”) that were not subject to outstanding awards as of May 5, 2009 or that become available for issuance upon forfeiture, cancellation or expiration of awards granted under the 2000 SIP without having been exercised or settled in shares. As of December 31, 2009, 618,293 shares were remaining and available from the 2000 SIP. On May 2, 2007, our shareholders approved an amendment increasing the

 

116


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

authorization under the 2000 DSIP from 0.3 million shares of common stock to 0.7 million shares of common stock. At December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, 5,837,874 shares, 1,177,438 shares, and 1,889,085 shares of our common stock, respectively, were available for future grants under the 2009 SIP and 304,382 shares, 344,365 shares, and 386,212 shares of our common stock, respectively, were available for future grants under the 2000 DSIP.

Our practice has been to settle all awards issued under the stock incentive plans and ESPP through the issuance of treasury shares. In addition, we have in place share repurchase programs to mitigate the dilutive effect of the shares issued under these plans.

Stock Option Programs

Stock options granted under the 2009 SIP and 2000 SIP generally vest in four equal installments beginning on the first anniversary of the grant. Stock options granted under the 2000 DSIP generally vest 100% on the first anniversary of the grant. All stock options generally expire 10 years from the date of the grant. The annual award of stock options to employees is generally granted in February.

The total compensation expense associated with our stock option program was $9.5 million, $11.0 million, and $11.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The expected total tax benefit associated with our stock option programs was $3.7 million, $4.2 million, and $4.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

The fair value of each stock option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model that uses the assumptions noted in the following table:

 

     2009   2008   2007

Expected stock price volatility

     21%     20%     22%

Expected dividends

       1.7%       1.4%       1.1%

Expected term (in years)

       6.00       6.21       6.21

Weighted average risk-free interest rate

       2.81%       3.16%       4.68%

Weighted average fair value of options granted

   $16.53   $19.48   $25.53

Expected stock price volatility assumption is derived from the historical volatility of our common stock. The expected dividend yield assumption is determined by dividing the anticipated annual dividend payment by the stock price on the date of grant. Beginning in 2009, we began determining our expected term assumption using a midpoint scenario which combines our historical exercise data with hypothetical exercise data for our unexercised stock options. Prior to 2009, the expected term assumption was determined using the Simplified Method, as prescribed by the SEC, for estimating the expected options life. The risk-free interest rate assumption corresponds to the expected term assumption of the stock option and is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.

 

117


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Changes in stock options for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows:

 

Stock Options

  Shares     Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per
Share
  Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding at December 31, 2006

  3,928,822      $ 39.43    

Granted

  416,119      $ 89.27    

Exercised

  (994,949   $ 29.78    

Forfeited or expired

  (111,626   $ 63.92    
           

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

  3,238,366      $ 47.95    
           

Granted

  443,260      $ 88.22    

Exercised

  (717,391   $ 33.74    

Forfeited or expired

  (122,601   $ 76.95    
           

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

  2,841,634      $ 56.57    
           

Granted

  570,500      $ 79.77    

Exercised

  (631,342   $ 35.11    

Forfeited or expired

  (199,190   $ 85.42    
           

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

  2,581,602      $ 64.72   5.8   $ 53.5
           

Exercisable and unvested expected to vest at December 31, 2009

  2,524,601      $ 64.33   5.8   $ 53.3

Exercisable at December 31, 2009

  1,629,296      $ 54.13   4.3   $ 50.5

Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2009 were originally granted during the years 2000 through 2009 and are exercisable over periods ending no later than 2019. At December 31, 2008 and 2007, stock options for 1,938,616 shares and 2,072,849 shares of our common stock, respectively, were exercisable.

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2009 was $27.1 million and includes D&B stock options exercised by both D&B and Moody’s employees. See Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for further discussion on the separation of D&B and Moody’s Corporation in September 2000.

 

118


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2009:

 

Range of Exercise Prices

   Stock Options Outstanding    Stock Options Exercisable
   Shares    Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term (in years)
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price
   Shares    Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price Per Share

$14.04-$27.86

   161,884    0.9    $ 23.41    161,884    $ 23.41

$31.36-$35.81

   302,231    2.7    $ 33.61    302,231    $ 33.61

$36.16-$49.16

   208,138    2.2    $ 37.03    208,138    $ 37.03

$53.30-$59.86

   205,696    4.1    $ 53.49    205,696    $ 53.49

$60.54-$67.98

   288,087    5.2    $ 61.34    288,066    $ 61.34

$70.74-$78.61

   262,345    6.3    $ 71.97    192,770    $ 71.91

$79.58-$82.64

   501,200    9.2    $ 79.88    —      $ —  

$86.22-$88.33

   287,616    7.1    $ 88.09    152,936    $ 88.09

$88.37-$103.63

   364,405    8.1    $ 89.14    117,575    $ 89.56
                  

Total

   2,581,602          1,629,296   
                  

Total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options at December 31, 2009 was $8.3 million. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.6 years. The total fair value of stock options vested during the year ended December 31, 2009 was $8.4 million.

Cash received from the exercise of D&B stock options for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $16.4 million. The expected tax benefit associated with the tax deduction from the exercise of stock options totaled $10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The expected tax benefit includes both D&B and Moody’s stock options exercised by D&B employees.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Unit Programs

Beginning in 2004, certain employees were provided an opportunity to receive an award of restricted stock or restricted stock units in the future. That award is contingent on performance against the same goals that drive payout under the annual cash incentive plan. The restricted stock or restricted stock units will be granted, if at all, after the one-year performance goals have been met and will then vest over a three-year period on a graded basis. Compensation expense associated with these grants is recognized on a graded-vesting basis over four years, including the performance period. The annual restricted stock and restricted stock units awarded to employees are generally granted in March, following the conclusion of the fiscal year for which the goals were measured and attained.

In addition, from time-to-time, in order to attract and retain executive talent, the company issues special grants of restricted stock or restricted stock units. These grants generally vest over a three-year period on a graded basis. Compensation expense associated with these grants is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the award.

Our non-employee directors receive grants of restricted stock units as part of their annual equity retainer. These grants vest on a cliff basis three years from the date of grant. Compensation expense associated with these awards is generally recognized in the year the award is granted.

For restricted stock and restricted stock unit awards the fair value is estimated by using the average of the high and low price of our common stock on the date of grant.

 

119


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Total compensation expense associated with restricted stock, restricted stock units and restricted stock opportunity was $11.9 million, $15.6 million, and $13.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The expected tax benefit associated with restricted stock, restricted stock units and restricted stock opportunity was $4.6 million, $5.9 million, and $5.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Changes in our nonvested restricted stock and restricted stock units for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 are summarized as follows:

 

Restricted Stock/Restricted Stock Units

   Shares     Weighted
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
Per Share
   Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
   Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Nonvested shares at December 31, 2006

   456,759      $ 64.90    1.7    $ 37.8

Granted

   203,683      $ 91.94      

Vested

   (129,047   $ 63.26      

Forfeited

   (56,823   $ 76.51      
              

Nonvested shares at December 31, 2007

   474,572      $ 75.57    1.3    $ 42.1

Granted

   230,084      $ 90.55      

Vested

   (196,483   $ 68.79      

Forfeited

   (65,084   $ 86.58      
              

Nonvested shares at December 31, 2008

   443,089      $ 84.74    1.4    $ 34.2

Granted

   231,821      $ 74.18      

Vested

   (184,508   $ 80.84      

Forfeited

   (69,789   $ 82.40      
              

Nonvested shares at December 31, 2009

   420,613      $ 80.71    1.5    $ 35.5
              

Total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested restricted stock and restricted stock units at December 31, 2009 was $12.4 million. This cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.2 years.

The total fair value of restricted stock and restricted stock units vesting during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was $12.6 million, $17.8 million, and $12.0 million, respectively. The expected tax benefit associated with the tax deduction from the vesting of restricted stock and restricted stock units totaled $3.7 million, $6.6 million, and $4.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2000 ESPP we are authorized to sell up to 1.5 million shares of our common stock to our eligible employees of which 606,564 remain available for future purchases as of December 31, 2009.

Under the terms of the ESPP, our employees can purchase our common stock at a 15% discount from market value, subject to certain limitations as set forth in the ESPP. The purchase price of the stock on the date of purchase is 85% of the average of the high and low price of our stock on the last trading day of the month. Under the ESPP, we sold 74,115, 74,598, and 68,012 shares to employees for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008

 

120


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

and 2007, respectively. The total compensation expense related to our ESPP was $0.9 million, $1.0 million, and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Cash received from employees participating in the ESPP for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $4.8 million.

Note 12. Lease Commitments and Contractual Obligations

Most of our operations are conducted from leased facilities, which are under operating leases that expire over the next ten years, with the majority expiring within five years. We also lease certain computer and other equipment under operating leases that expire over the next three and five years, respectively. These computer and other equipment leases are frequently renegotiated or otherwise changed as advancements in computer technology produce opportunities to lower costs and improve performance. Rental expenses under operating leases (cancelable and non-cancelable) were $32.0 million, $30.0 million, and $34.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

In July 2002, we outsourced certain technology functions to Computer Sciences Corporation (“CSC”) under a 10-year agreement, which we had the right to terminate for a fee at any time and under certain other conditions. Under the terms of the agreement, CSC’s responsibilities included data center operations, technology help desk and network management functions in the U.S. and UK as well as certain application development and maintenance functions. This agreement was amended in March 2008, which, among other things, increased certain services level agreements that CSC is required to provide under the Technology Services Agreement and added additional security services to be performed by CSC. In August 2009, we entered into a wind down agreement with CSC and Acxiom Corporation (“Acxiom”) which terminated all of the data center operations functions provided by CSC, effective September 2009. In September 2009 we entered into a new agreement with CSC for limited print and fulfillment services that remained with CSC. We incurred costs of $50.6 million, $77.6 million and $80.4 million under this contract for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

In December 2003, we signed a three-year agreement with ICT Group, Inc. (“ICT”), effective January 2004, to outsource certain marketing call center activities, which agreement contains two renewal options for up to a one-year period. The agreement was amended effective September 2007 to be extended through 2011. Under the terms of the agreement, ICT is responsible for performing certain marketing and credit-calling activities previously performed by our own call centers in North America. The obligation under the contract is based upon transmitted call volumes, but shall not be less than $3 million per contract year. We incurred costs of $3.3 million, $3.2 million and $4.5 million under this contract for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

In October 2004, we signed a seven-year outsourcing agreement with International Business Machines (“IBM”). Under the terms of the agreement, we have transitioned certain portions of our data acquisition and delivery and customer service to IBM. We may terminate this agreement for a fee at any time. We incurred costs of $26.2 million, $30.1 million and $30.7 million under this contract for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

In July 2006, we signed a four-year product and technology outsourcing agreement with Acxiom in order to significantly increase the speed, data processing capacity and matching capabilities we provide our global sales and marketing customers. In November 2008, we extended the term of the outsourcing agreement through 2011. In November 2008 we entered into an agreement that will expand our service capabilities, enhance customer experience and accelerate the migration of the remaining existing D&B fulfillment processes to Acxiom.

 

121


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

In May 2009, and as part of our ongoing Financial Flexibility initiatives, we entered into another agreement with Acxiom to provide certain infrastructure management services that were formerly provided by CSC. These services include data center operations, technology help desk and network management functions. The agreement has an initial term ending in October 2014. In addition, after expiration of the initial term, we have the right to extend the agreement under the same terms for up to a maximum period of three years. Payments to Acxiom over the initial five year contract term based on current volumes will aggregate to approximately $285 million. The agreement provides for typical adjustments due to changes in volume, inflation and incremental project work. Payments made for the provision of such services in 2009 did not differ materially from payments that were expected to be made under our prior arrangement with CSC. However, we anticipate savings to be generated over the life of the contract.

In addition, in December 2009 we signed a three-year data maintenance and support agreement with Acxiom. Payments over the contract term will aggregate approximately $5 million. The agreement provides for typical adjustments due to changes in volume, inflation and incremental project work.

We incurred costs of $42.5 million, $7.5 million and $6.6 million under all of these agreements for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Total payments to Acxiom over the remaining terms of the above contracts will aggregate to approximately $290 million.

The following table quantifies our future contractual obligations as discussed above as of December 31, 2009.

 

Contractual Obligations

   2010    2011    2012    2013    2014    Thereafter    Total

Operating Leases

   $ 30.6    $ 24.3    $ 20.1    $ 14.2    $ 12.7    $ 26.3    $ 128.2

Obligations to Outsourcers

   $ 121.7    $ 93.0    $ 67.3    $ 51.3    $ 39.8    $ —      $ 373.1

The table above excludes pension obligations for which funding requirements are uncertain, excludes long-term contingent liabilities and excludes unrecognized tax benefits. Our obligations with respect to pension and postretirement medical benefit plans are described in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our long-term contingent liabilities with respect to tax and legal matters are discussed in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our obligations with respect to senior notes and credit facilities are discussed in Note 6 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our obligations with respect to spin-off obligations are discussed in Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our obligations with respect to unrecognized tax benefits are discussed in Note 5 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Note 13. Contingencies

We are involved in tax and legal proceedings, claims and litigation arising in the ordinary course of business. We periodically assess our liabilities and contingencies in connection with these matters based upon the latest information available. For those matters where it is probable that we have incurred a loss and the loss, or range of loss, can be reasonably estimated, we have recorded reserves in our consolidated financial statements. In other instances, we are unable to make a reasonable estimate of any liability because of the uncertainties related to the probability of the outcome and/or amount or range of loss. As additional information becomes available, we adjust our assessment and estimates of such liabilities accordingly. It is possible that the ultimate resolution of our liabilities and contingencies could be at amounts that are different from our currently recorded reserves and that such differences could be material.

 

122


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Based on our review of the latest information available, we believe our ultimate liability in connection with pending tax and legal proceedings, claims and litigation will not have a material effect on our results of operations, cash flows or financial position, with the possible exception of the matters described below.

In order to understand our exposure to the potential liabilities described below, it is important to understand the relationship between us and Moody’s Corporation, our predecessors and other parties that, through various corporate reorganizations and contractual commitments, have assumed varying degrees of responsibility with respect to such matters.

In November 1996, the Company then known as The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“D&B1”) separated through a spin-off into three separate public companies: D&B1, ACNielsen Corporation (“ACNielsen”) and Cognizant Corporation (“Cognizant”) (the “1996 Distribution”). This was accomplished through a spin-off by D&B1 of its stock in ACNielsen and Cognizant. In June 1998, D&B1 separated through a spin-off into two separate public companies: D&B1, which in June 1998 changed its name to R.H. Donnelley Corporation and which, in January 2010, changed its name to Dex One Corporation (“Donnelley/D&B1”), and a new company named The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“D&B2”) (the “1998 Distribution”). During 1998, Cognizant separated into two separate public companies: IMS Health Incorporated (“IMS”) and Nielsen Media Research, Inc. (“NMR”) (the “1998 Cognizant Distribution”). (NMR was subsequently acquired by VNU BV, and in 2008 VNU changed its name to The Nielsen Company BV (“Nielsen”).) In September 2000, D&B2 separated through a spin-off into two separate public companies: D&B2, which changed its name to Moody’s Corporation (“Moody’s” and also referred to elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as “Moody’s/D&B2”), and a new company named The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“we” or “D&B3” and also referred to elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K as “D&B”) (the “2000 Distribution”).

Tax Matters

Moody’s/D&B2 and its predecessors entered into global tax-planning initiatives in the normal course of business, principally through tax-free restructurings of both their foreign and domestic operations. We undertook contractual obligations to be financially responsible for a portion of certain liabilities arising from certain historical tax-planning initiatives (“Legacy Tax Matters”).

As of the end of 2005, settlement agreements had been executed with the IRS with respect to the Legacy Tax Matters previously referred to in our SEC filings as “Utilization of Capital Losses” and “Royalty Expense Deductions.” With respect to the Utilization of Capital Losses matter, the settlement agreement resolved the matter in its entirety. For the Royalty Expense Deductions matter, the settlement covered tax years 1995 and 1996, which represented substantially all of the total potential liability to the IRS, including penalties. We believe we are adequately reserved for the remaining exposure.

In addition, with respect to these two settlement agreements, we believed that IMS and NMR did not pay the IRS the full portion of the settlements they were required to pay under the applicable spin-off agreements. In 2008, we, Donnelley/D&B1 and Moody’s/D&B2 resolved their dispute with IMS and NMR with respect to the Utilization of Capital Losses matter. In the second quarter of 2009, we, Donnelley/D&B1 and Moody’s/D&B2 resolved our dispute with IMS and NMR with respect to the Royalty Expense Deductions matter and, in connection therewith, we reported an after-tax non-core gain of $1.0 million.

Legal Proceedings

Hoover’s—Initial Public Offering Litigation

On November 15, 2001, a putative shareholder class action lawsuit was filed against Hoover’s Inc. (“Hoover’s”), certain of its then current and former officers and directors (the “Individual Defendants”), and one

 

123


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

of the underwriters of Hoover’s July 1999 initial public offering (“IPO”). The lawsuit was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Southern District of New York on behalf of purchasers of Hoover’s stock between July 20, 1999 and December 6, 2000. The operative complaint alleges violations of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 against Hoover’s and the Individual Defendants. Plaintiffs allege that the underwriter allocated stock in Hoover’s IPO to certain investors in exchange for commissions and agreements by those investors to make additional purchases of stock in the aftermarket at prices above the IPO price. Plaintiffs allege that the prospectus for Hoover’s IPO was false and misleading because it did not disclose these arrangements.

The defense of the action is being coordinated with more than 300 other nearly identical actions filed against other companies. The parties in the approximately 300 coordinated cases, including ours, reached a settlement. The insurers for the issuer defendants in the coordinated cases will make the settlement payment on behalf of the issuers, including Hoover’s. On October 5, 2009, the Court granted final approval of the settlement. Judgment was entered on December 9, 2009. A group of three objectors has filed a petition to the Second Circuit seeking permission to appeal the District Court’s final approval order on the basis that the settlement class is broader than the class previously rejected by the Second Circuit in its December 5, 2006 order vacating the District Court’s order certifying classes in the focus cases. Plaintiffs have filed an opposition to the petition. In addition, six notices of appeal to the Second Circuit have been filed by different groups of objectors.

Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, we cannot accurately predict the ultimate outcome of the matter. No amount in respect of any potential judgment in this matter has been accrued in our consolidated financial statements.

Other Matters

In addition, in the normal course of business, and including without limitation, our merger and acquisition activities and financing transactions, D&B indemnifies other parties, including customers, lessors and parties to other transactions with D&B, with respect to certain matters. D&B has agreed to hold the other parties harmless against losses arising from a breach of representations or covenants, or arising out of other claims made against certain parties. These agreements may limit the time within which an indemnification claim can be made and the amount of the claim. D&B has also entered into indemnity obligations with its officers and directors of the Company. Additionally, in certain circumstances, D&B issues guarantee letters on behalf of our wholly-owned subsidiaries for specific situations. It is not possible to determine the maximum potential amount of future payments under these indemnification agreements due to the limited history of prior indemnification claims and the unique facts and circumstances involved in each particular agreement. Historically, payments made by D&B under these agreements have not had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Note 14. Segment Information

The reportable segments reported below are our segments for which separate financial information is available and upon which operating results are evaluated by management on a timely basis to assess performance and to allocate resources. As of January 1, 2009, Canada has been moved out of our International segment and into our renamed “North America” segment (formerly our U.S. segment). Therefore, on January 1, 2009, we began managing our operations through the following two segments: North America (which consists of the U.S. and Canada) and International (which consists of our operations in Europe, Asia Pacific and Latin America). We have conformed historical amounts to reflect the new segment structure. Our customer solution sets are Risk Management Solutions™, Sales & Marketing Solutions™ and Internet Solutions™. Inter-segment sales are immaterial and no single customer accounted for 10% or more of our total revenue. For management reporting purposes, we evaluate business segment performance before restructuring charges because restructuring charges are not a component of our ongoing income or expenses and may have a disproportionate positive or negative impact on the results of our ongoing underlying business. Additionally, transition costs, which are period costs

 

124


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

such as consulting fees, costs of temporary employees, relocation costs and stay bonuses incurred to implement our Financial Flexibility initiatives, are not allocated to our business segments.

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
 
     2009     2008     2007  

Revenue:

      

North America

   $ 1,309.7      $ 1,364.2      $ 1,291.3   

International

     355.4        314.4        260.8   
                        

Consolidated Core

     1,665.1        1,678.6        1,552.1   

Divested Business

     21.9        47.7        47.1   
                        

Consolidated Total

   $ 1,687.0      $ 1,726.3      $ 1,599.2   
                        

Operating Income (Loss):

      

North America

   $ 482.5      $ 513.3      $ 480.8   

International

     81.1        70.9        54.2   
                        

Total Divisions

     563.6        584.2        535.0   

Corporate and Other(1)

     (99.1     (114.5     (109.4
                        

Consolidated Total

     464.5        469.7        425.6   

Non-Operating Income (Expense), Net

     (32.0     (30.8     0.7   
                        

Income from Continuing Operations Before Provision for Income Taxes and Equity in Net Income of Affiliates

   $ 432.5      $ 438.9      $ 426.3   
                        

Depreciation and Amortization:(2)

      

North America

   $ 42.1      $ 44.3      $ 32.7   

International

     14.6        13.1        11.4   
                        

Total Divisions

     56.7        57.4        44.1   

Corporate and Other

     1.4        1.1        2.5   
                        

Consolidated Total

   $ 58.1      $ 58.5      $ 46.6   
                        

Capital Expenditures:(3)

      

North America

   $ 5.7      $ 5.7      $ 11.1   

International

     2.1        5.6        2.0   
                        

Total Divisions

     7.8        11.3        13.1   

Corporate and Other

     1.4        0.5        0.6   
                        

Consolidated Total

   $ 9.2      $ 11.8      $ 13.7   
                        

Additions to Computer Software and Other Intangibles:(4)

      

North America

   $ 41.3      $ 37.2      $ 48.1   

International

     12.7        10.1        10.3   
                        

Total Divisions

     54.0        47.3        58.4   

Corporate and Other

     2.1        0.4        —     
                        

Consolidated Total

   $ 56.1      $ 47.7      $ 58.4   
                        

Assets:

      

North America

   $ 815.0      $ 774.6      $ 729.4   

International

     672.7        540.0        529.7   
                        

Total Divisions

     1,487.7        1,314.6        1,259.1   

Corporate and Other (primarily taxes)

     261.7        271.4        399.7   
                        

Consolidated Total

   $ 1,749.4      $ 1,586.0      $ 1,658.8   
                        

Goodwill(5):

      

North America

   $ 266.1      $ 244.7      $ 231.5   

International

     174.7        152.9        112.3   
                        

Consolidated Total

   $ 440.8      $ 397.6      $ 343.8   
                        

 

125


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

 

(1) The following table itemizes “Corporate and Other:”

 

     At December 31,  
     2009      2008      2007  

Corporate Costs

   $ (59.5    $ (70.7    $ (71.3

Transition Costs (costs to implement our Financial Flexibility initiatives)

     (16.5      (12.4      (13.0

Restructuring Expense

     (23.1      (31.4      (25.1
                          

Total Corporate and Other

   $ (99.1    $ (114.5    $ (109.4
                          

 

(2) Includes depreciation and amortization of Property, Plant and Equipment, Computer Software and Other Intangibles.

 

(3) Capital expenditures in International decreased $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008. This decrease was primarily driven by reduced capital expenditures in Europe.

Capital expenditures in North America decreased $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007. This decrease was primarily driven by approximately $6.1 million of furniture and equipment primarily related to our Center Valley, Pennsylvania facility, which was included in accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2006, and was paid for in the year ended December 31, 2007.

Capital expenditures in International increased $3.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007. This increase was primarily driven by increased leasehold improvements and furniture and equipment additions in 2008.

 

(4) Additions to computer software and other intangibles in North America increased $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 as compared to December 31, 2008. This increase was driven by computer software projects.

Additions to computer software and other intangibles in North America and International decreased $10.9 million and $0.2 million, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2008 as compared to December 31, 2007. This decrease was primarily driven by a longer software product development cycle in 2008 versus 2007.

 

(5) The increase in goodwill in North America from $244.7 million at December 31, 2008 to $266.1 million at December 31, 2009 is primarily attributable to the acquisition of QED as described in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the impact of foreign currency translation.

The increase in goodwill in International from $152.9 million at December 31, 2008 to $174.7 million at December 31, 2009 was primarily due to goodwill associated with the acquisition of RoadWay as described in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and the positive impact of foreign currency translation, partially offset by purchase accounting adjustments for customer relationship intangible assets attributable to the consolidation of our majority owned joint venture in Dun & Bradstreet Information Services India Private Limited (“D&B India”) and the sale of our domestic Italian operations.

The increase in goodwill in North America from $231.5 million at December 31, 2007 to $244.7 million at December 31, 2008 is primarily attributable to earn-out payments made for the achievement of certain financial performance metrics attributable to the acquisition of First Research and purchase accounting adjustments related to our previous acquisitions.

The increase in goodwill in International from $112.3 million at December 31, 2007 to $152.9 million at December 31, 2008 is primarily attributable to the acquisitions and majority-owned joint ventures as described in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These were partially offset by the impact of foreign currency translation and the sale of our Italian real estate business.

Supplemental Geographic and Customer Solution Set Information:

 

     At December 31,
     2009    2008    2007

Long-Lived Assets:(6)

        

North America

   $ 494.5    $ 455.3    $ 725.2

International

     299.8      237.6      165.6
                    

Consolidated Total

   $ 794.3    $ 692.9    $ 890.8
                    

 

126


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

(6) The increase in long-lived assets in North America to $494.5 million at December 31, 2009 from $455.3 million at December 31, 2008 is primarily attributable to the acquisitions as described in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and computer software additions. The decrease in long-lived assets in North America to $455.3 million at December 31, 2008 from $725.2 million at December 31, 2007 is primarily attributable to the decrease in prepaid pension costs to a net liability position.

The increase in long-lived assets in International to $299.8 million at December 31, 2009 from $237.6 million at December 31, 2008 is primarily attributable to the acquisitions as described in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, computer software additions, and foreign currency translation. The increase in long-lived assets in International to $237.6 million at December 31, 2008 from $165.6 million at December 31, 2007 is primarily attributable to the acquisitions as described in Note 4 to our consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
     2009    2008    2007

Customer Solution Set Revenue:

        

North America:

        

Risk Management Solutions

   $ 808.9    $ 825.3    $ 790.7

Sales & Marketing Solutions

     385.5      418.3      398.2

Internet Solutions

     115.3      120.6      102.4
                    

North America Core Revenue

     1,309.7      1,364.2      1,291.3

Divested Business(7)

     —        —        —  
                    

Total North America Revenue

     1,309.7      1,364.2      1,291.3
                    

International:

        

Risk Management Solutions

     262.9      245.1      200.7

Sales & Marketing Solutions

     89.1      65.0      55.0

Internet Solutions

     3.4      4.3      5.1
                    

International Core Revenue

     355.4      314.4      260.8

Divested Business(7)

     21.9      47.7      47.1
                    

Total International Revenue

     377.3      362.1      307.9
                    

Consolidated Total:

        

Risk Management Solutions

     1,071.8      1,070.4      991.4

Sales & Marketing Solutions

     474.6      483.3      453.2

Internet Solutions

     118.7      124.9      107.5
                    

Core Revenue

     1,665.1      1,678.6      1,552.1

Divested Business(7)

     21.9      47.7      47.1
                    

Consolidated Total Revenue

   $ 1,687.0    $ 1,726.3    $ 1,599.2
                    

 

(7) On May 29, 2009, we completed the sale of substantially all the assets and liabilities of the domestic portion of our Italian operations. This sale has been classified as a “Divestiture.” Our divested business contributed 1% of our total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 3% of our total revenue for each of the years ended December 31, 2008 and 2007. The following table represents divested revenue by solutions set:

 

     For the Years Ended
December 31,
     2009    2008    2007

Divested Business:

        

Risk Management Solutions

   $ 18.7    $ 40.6    $ 40.8

Sales & Marketing Solutions

     3.2      7.1      6.3

Internet Solutions

     —        —        —  
                    

Total Divested Revenue

   $ 21.9    $ 47.7    $ 47.1
                    

 

127


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Note 15. Supplemental Financial Data

Other Accrued and Current Liabilities:

 

     At December 31,
     2009    2008

Restructuring Accruals

   $ 14.5    $ 21.9

Professional Fees

     37.3      35.9

Operating Expenses

     32.0      34.1

Spin-Off Obligation(1)

     21.5      21.2

Other Accrued Liabilities

     68.1      50.5
             
   $ 173.4    $ 163.6
             

 

(1) As part of our spin-off from Moody’s/The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (“D&B2”) in 2000, Moody’s/D&B2 and D&B entered into a Tax Allocation Agreement (“TAA”). Under the TAA, Moody’s/D&B2 and D&B agreed that Moody’s/D&B2 would be entitled to deduct the compensation expense associated with the exercise of Moody’s stock options (including Moody’s stock options exercised by D&B employees) and D&B would be entitled to deduct the compensation expense associated with the exercise of D&B stock options (including D&B stock options exercised by employees of Moody’s/D&B2). Put simply, the tax deduction would go to the company that granted the stock options, rather than to the employer of the individual exercising the stock options. The TAA provides, however, that if the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) issues rules, regulations or other authority contrary to the agreed-upon treatment of the compensation expense deductions under the TAA, then the party that becomes entitled under such guidance to take the deduction may be required to reimburse the other party for the tax benefit it has realized, in order to compensate the other party for its loss of such deduction. In 2002 and 2003, the IRS issued rulings that appear to provide that, under the circumstances applicable to Moody’s/D&B2 and D&B, the compensation expense deduction belongs to the employer of the option grantee and not to the issuer of the option (e.g., D&B would be entitled to deduct the compensation expense associated with D&B employees exercising Moody’s/D&B2 options and Moody’s/D&B2 would be entitled to deduct the compensation expense associated with Moody’s/D&B2 employees exercising D&B options). We have filed tax returns for 2001 through 2008, and made estimated tax deposits for 2009, consistent with the IRS’ rulings. Under the TAA, we may be required to reimburse Moody’s/D&B2 for the loss of compensation expense deductions relating to tax years 2003 to 2009 of approximately $21.5 million in the aggregate for such years. In 2005 and 2006, we paid Moody’s/D&B2 approximately $30.1 million in the aggregate under the TAA. We have not made any payments to Moody’s/D&B2 since the first quarter of 2006. We may also be required to pay additional amounts in the future based upon interpretations by the parties of the TAA and the IRS’ rulings.

 

128


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Property, Plant and Equipment at cost—Net:

 

     At December 31,
     2009    2008

Land

   $ 6.1    $ 6.0

Buildings

     32.3      32.0

Furniture and Equipment

     74.7      70.9
             
     113.1      108.9

Less: Accumulated Depreciation

     68.1      66.2
             
     45.0      42.7

Leasehold Improvements, less:

     

Accumulated Amortization of $12.5 and $14.4

     8.6      10.4
             
   $ 53.6    $ 53.1
             

Other Income (Expense)—Net:

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,
       2009        2008         2007  

Settlement of Legacy Tax Matter Arbitration(2)

   $ 4.1    $ 8.1      $ —  

Gain on Disposal of Italian Domestic Business(3)

     6.5      —          —  

Legacy Tax Matter Related to the Settlement of 2003 Tax Year(4)

     —        (7.7     —  

Gain associated with Beijing D&B HuiCong Market Research Co., Ltd Joint Venture(5)

     —        0.6        —  

Gain Associated with Huaxia/D&B China Joint Venture(6)

     —        —          5.8

Gain associated with Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture(7)

     —        —          13.2

Gain on Sale of an Investment(8)

     —        —          0.9

Miscellaneous Other Income (Expense)—Net(9)

     0.1      4.1        1.8
                     

Other Income (Expense)—Net

   $ 10.7    $ 5.1      $ 21.7
                     

 

(2) During the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, we recognized gains on the receipt of awards related to Legacy Tax Matters.

 

(3) During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recognized a gain as a result of the divestiture of the domestic portion of our Italian operations. See Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

(4) During the year ended December 31, 2008, we recognized the reduction of a contractual receipt under the Tax Allocation Agreement between Moody’s Corporation and D&B as it relates to the expiration of the statute of limitations.

 

(5) During the year ended December 31, 2008, we entered into an agreement with HC International Inc. and established two joint venture companies including Beijing D&B HuiCong Market Research Co., Ltd. and Beijing HuiCong Market Research Co. Ltd., in which D&B has a 60% and 30% ownership interest, respectively. We recognized a gain of $0.6 million related to the minority owner’s share of the difference between the fair value of our contributed business and its carrying amount.

 

(6)

During the year ended December 31, 2007, we entered into an agreement with Huaxia International Credit Consulting Co. Limited and established our majority owned joint venture to do business as Huaxia/D&B

 

129


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

 

China. We recognized a gain of $5.8 million related to the minority owner’s share of the difference between the fair value of our contributed business and its carrying amount.

 

(7) During the year ended December 31, 2007, we entered into an agreement with Tokyo Shoko Research and established our majority owned joint venture or “Tokyo Shoko Research/D&B Japan Joint Venture” to do business as Dun & Bradstreet TSR Ltd. We recognized a gain of $13.2 million related to the minority owner’s share of the difference between the fair value of our contributed business and its carrying amount.

 

(8) During the year ended December 31, 2007, we recorded a gain related to the sale of an investment in Australia.

 

(9) Miscellaneous Other Income (Expense)—Net decreased for the year ended December 31, 2009, compared to the year ended December 31, 2008, is primarily due to the negative impact of foreign exchange. Miscellaneous Other Income (Expense)—Net increased for the year ended December 31, 2008, compared to the year ended December 31, 2007, primarily due to the positive impact of foreign exchange.

Computer Software and Goodwill:

 

     Computer
Software
    Goodwill

January 1, 2008

   $ 87.9      $ 343.8

Additions at cost

     52.2        —  

Amortization

     (38.9     —  

Acquisitions/Joint Ventures

     0.2        45.9

Other(10)(11)

     (5.4     7.9
              

December 31, 2008

     96.0        397.6

Additions at cost

     57.6        —  

Amortization

     (35.0     —  

Acquisitions/Joint Ventures

     —          39.5

Other(12)

     0.6        3.7
              

December 31, 2009

   $ 119.2      $ 440.8
              

 

(10) Computer Software—Primarily due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

 

(11) Goodwill—Primarily due to purchase accounting adjustments offset by the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

 

(12) Goodwill—Primarily due to foreign currency fluctuations offset by purchase accounting adjustments related to D&B India, HC International, Inc./D&B China Joint Venture and the sale of the domestic portion of our Italian operations.

 

130


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Other Intangibles (included in Non-Current Assets):

 

     Customer
Lists
    Trademarks,
Patents and
Other
    Total  

January 1, 2008

   $ 0.3      $ 59.8      $ 60.1   

Acquisitions

     —          13.8        13.8   

Amortization

     (0.3     (9.0     (9.3

Other(13)

     —          0.7        0.7   
                        

December 31, 2008

     —          65.3        65.3   

Acquisitions

     —          38.8        38.8   

Amortization

     —          (12.4     (12.4

Write-offs(14)

     —          (3.0     (3.0

Other(15)

     —          2.5        2.5   
                        

December 31, 2009

   $ —        $ 91.2      $ 91.2   
                        

 

(13) Primarily due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

 

(14) Amount due to the write-off of certain other intangibles related to Visible Path.

 

(15) Amount due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts:

 

January 1, 2007

   $ 20.3   

Additions charged to costs and expenses

     12.6   

Write-offs

     (13.3

Other

     (0.6
        

December 31, 2007

     19.0   

Additions charged to costs and expenses

     10.2   

Write-offs

     (10.5

Other

     (1.3
        

December 31, 2008

     17.4   

Additions charged to costs and expenses

     19.5   

Acquisitions

     0.5   

Write-offs

     (17.1

Divestitures

     (4.9

Other

     0.1   
        

December 31, 2009

   $ 15.5   
        

 

131


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Deferred Tax Asset Valuation Allowance:

 

January 1, 2007

   $ 52.7   

Additions charged (credited) to costs and expenses

     (0.7

Additions charged (credited) due to foreign currency fluctuations

     1.5   

Additions charged (credited) to other accounts

     3.2   

Effect of the adoption of uncertain tax positions

     (7.8
        

December 31, 2007

     48.9   

Additions charged (credited) to costs and expenses

     6.6   

Additions charged (credited) due to foreign currency fluctuations

     (4.8

Additions charged (credited) to other accounts

     (7.0
        

December 31, 2008

     43.7   

Additions charged (credited) to costs and expenses

     (5.2

Additions charged (credited) due to foreign currency fluctuations

     5.9   

Additions charged (credited) to other accounts

     (3.2
        

December 31, 2009

   $ 41.2   
        

 

132


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Note 16. Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

 

     For the Three Months Ended  
     March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,      Full Year  

2009

           

Operating Revenue:

           

North America

   $ 321.2      $ 320.3      $ 310.8      $ 357.4       $ 1,309.7   

International

     86.2        96.6        88.2        106.3         377.3   
                                         

Consolidated Operating Revenue

   $ 407.4      $ 416.9      $ 399.0      $ 463.7       $ 1,687.0   
                                         

Operating Income (Loss):

           

North America

   $ 123.2      $ 110.1      $ 105.4      $ 143.8       $ 482.5   

International

     11.6        22.6        17.7        29.2         81.1   
                                         

Total Divisions

     134.8        132.7        123.1        173.0         563.6   

Corporate and Other(1)

     (20.1     (22.7     (30.5     (25.8      (99.1
                                         

Consolidated Operating Income

   $ 114.7      $ 110.0      $ 92.6      $ 147.2       $ 464.5   
                                         

Income from Continuing Operations

   $ 104.4      $ 77.9      $ 54.7      $ 85.0       $ 322.0   

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes

     —          —          —          —           —     

Net Income

     104.4        77.9        54.7        85.0         322.0   
                                         

Less: Net (Income) Loss Attributable to the Noncontrolling Interest

     (0.2     (1.1     (0.7     (0.6      (2.6
                                         

Net Income Attributable to D&B

   $ 104.2      $ 76.8      $ 54.0      $ 84.4       $ 319.4   
                                         

Basic Earnings Per Share of Common Stock(2)

           

Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 1.95      $ 1.45      $ 1.03      $ 1.63       $ 6.06   

Income from Discontinued Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

     —          —          —          —           —     
                                         

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 1.95      $ 1.45      $ 1.03      $ 1.63       $ 6.06   
                                         

Diluted Earnings Per Share of Common Stock(2)

           

Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 1.93      $ 1.43      $ 1.02      $ 1.61       $ 5.99   

Income from Discontinued Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

     —          —          —          —           —     
                                         

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 1.93      $ 1.43      $ 1.02      $ 1.61       $ 5.99   
                                         

Cash Dividends Paid Per Common Share

   $ 0.34      $ 0.34      $ 0.34      $ 0.34       $ 1.36   

 

133


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

     For the Three Months Ended  
     March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,      Full Year  

2008

           

Operating Revenue:

           

North America

   $ 332.7      $ 330.7      $ 321.0      $ 379.8       $ 1,364.2   

International

     82.0        97.0        88.2        94.9         362.1   
                                         

Consolidated Operating Revenue

   $ 414.7      $ 427.7      $ 409.2      $ 474.7       $ 1,726.3   
                                         

Operating Income (Loss):

           

North America

   $ 123.0      $ 109.7      $ 113.1      $ 167.5       $ 513.3   

International

     8.6        21.1        15.7        25.5         70.9   
                                         

Total Divisions

     131.6        130.8        128.8        193.0         584.2   

Corporate and Other(1)

     (31.3     (24.8     (37.6     (20.8      (114.5
                                         

Consolidated Operating Income

   $ 100.3      $ 106.0      $ 91.2      $ 172.2       $ 469.7   
                                         

Income from Continuing Operations

   $ 60.0      $ 84.8      $ 65.3      $ 101.8       $ 311.9   

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes

     1.1        —          —          —           1.1   
                                         

Net Income

     61.1        84.8        65.3        101.8         313.0   

Less: Net (Income) Loss Attributable to the Noncontrolling Interest

     0.1        (0.6     (0.2     (1.7      (2.4
                                         

Net Income Attributable to D&B

   $ 61.2      $ 84.2      $ 65.1      $ 100.1       $ 310.6   
                                         

Basic Earnings Per Share of Common Stock(2)

           

Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 1.06      $ 1.54      $ 1.20      $ 1.87       $ 5.65   

Income from Discontinued Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

     0.02        —          —          —           0.02   
                                         

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 1.08      $ 1.54      $ 1.20      $ 1.87       $ 5.67   
                                         

Diluted Earnings Per Share of Common Stock(2)

           

Income from Continuing Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 1.05      $ 1.51      $ 1.18      $ 1.85       $ 5.56   

Income from Discontinued Operations Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

     0.01        —          —          —           0.02   
                                         

Net Income Attributable to D&B Common Shareholders

   $ 1.06      $ 1.51      $ 1.18      $ 1.85       $ 5.58   
                                         

Cash Dividends Paid Per Common Share

   $ 0.30      $ 0.30      $ 0.30      $ 0.30       $ 1.20   

 

(1) The following table itemizes the components of the “Corporate and Other” category of Operating Income (Loss).

 

134


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

     For the Three Months Ended  
     March 31,     June 30,     September 30,     December 31,      Full Year  

2009

           

Corporate Costs

   $ (14.4   $ (14.7   $ (14.3   $ (16.1    $ (59.5

Transition Costs (costs to implement our Financial Flexibility initiatives)

     (4.4     (5.2     (4.0     (2.9      (16.5

Restructuring Expense

     (1.3     (2.8     (12.2     (6.8      (23.1
                                         

Total Corporate and Other

   $ (20.1   $ (22.7   $ (30.5   $ (25.8    $ (99.1
                                         

2008

           

Corporate Costs

   $ (17.7   $ (19.7   $ (17.3   $ (16.0    $ (70.7

Transition Costs (costs to implement our Financial Flexibility initiatives)

     (3.2     (3.9     (3.1     (2.2      (12.4

Restructuring Expense

     (10.4     (1.2     (17.2     (2.6      (31.4
                                         

Total Corporate and Other

   $ (31.3   $ (24.8   $ (37.6   $ (20.8    $ (114.5
                                         

 

(2) The number of weighted average shares outstanding changes as common shares are issued for employee benefit plans and other purposes or as shares are repurchased. For this reason, the sum of quarterly earnings per share may not be the same as earnings per share for the year.

Note 17. Divestiture and Discontinued Operations

Divestiture

On May 29, 2009, we completed the sale of substantially all of the assets and liabilities of the domestic portion of our Italian operations to CRIF, S.p.A. (“CRIF”) for $12.2 million (including a working capital adjustment of $1.2 million), which was a part of our International segment.

During the year ended December 31, 2009, we recorded a pre-tax gain of $6.5 million from the sale in Other Income (Expense)—Net in the consolidated statement of operations. As of December 31, 2009, we have received $12.2 million in cash. Our domestic Italian operations generated approximately $48 million in revenue and approximately $1 million in operating income in 2008.

We entered into a ten year commercial arrangement to provide CRIF with global data for its Italian customers. This arrangement has aggregate future cash payments of approximately $130 million. In addition, this transaction will allow us to improve the quality of the data we provide to our global customers seeking information on Italian customers.

 

135


Table of Contents

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(Continued)

(Tabular dollar amounts in millions, except per share data)

 

Discontinued Operations

On December 27, 2007, we sold our Italian real estate business for $9.0 million, which was a part of our International segment, and we have reclassified the historical financial results of the Italian real estate business as discontinued operations. We have reflected the results of this business as discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of operations for all periods presented. We have recorded the resulting gain of $0.4 million (both pre-tax and after-tax) from the sale in the first quarter of 2008 in the consolidated statement of operations.

 

     For the Years Ended December 31,  
         2008            2007      

Revenue

   $ 4.1    $ 60.5   
               

Operating Income

   $ 0.7    $ 13.6   

Non-Operating Income (Expense)—Net

     —        0.3   
               

Income before Provision for Income Taxes

     0.7      13.9   

Provision for Income Taxes

     —        5.2   
               

Income from Discontinued Operations, Net of Income Taxes

     0.7      8.7   
               

Net Income

     0.7      8.7   
               

Less: Net Income Attributable to the Noncontrolling Interest

     —        (3.3
               

Net Income from Discontinued Operations Attributable to D&B

   $ 0.7    $ 5.4   
               

Note 18. Subsequent Events

We have evaluated subsequent events through February 25, 2010, the filing date of this Form 10-K.

Dividend

On February 4, 2010, our Board of Directors approved the declaration of a dividend of $0.35 per share for the first quarter of 2010. This cash dividend will be payable on March 18, 2010 to shareholders of record at the close of business on March 3, 2010.

 

136


Table of Contents
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not Applicable.

 

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls

We evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (“Disclosure Controls”) as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”) as of the end of the period covered by this report. This evaluation (“Controls Evaluation”) was done with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”).

Disclosure Controls are controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Limitations on the Effectiveness of Controls

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance that the objectives of a control system are met. Further, any control system reflects limitations on resources, and the benefits of a control system must be considered relative to its costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within D&B have been detected. Judgments in decision-making can be faulty and breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by individual acts, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override. The design of a control system is also based upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected. Our Disclosure Controls are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives.

Conclusions regarding Disclosure Controls

Based upon our Controls Evaluation, our CEO and CFO have concluded that as of the end of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, our Disclosure Controls are effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Management’s Statement of Management’s Responsibility for Financial Statements are contained in Item 8. of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Change in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2009 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

 

137


Table of Contents

PART III

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required to be furnished by this Item 10. “Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance,” is incorporated herein by reference from our Notice of Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Proxy Statement to be filed within 120 days after D&B’s fiscal year end of December 31, 2009 (the “Proxy Statement”).

 

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required to be furnished by this Item 11. “Executive Compensation,” is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy Statement.

 

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required to be furnished by this Item 12. “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters,” is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy Statement.

EQUITY COMPENSATION PLAN INFORMATION

The following table summarizes our equity compensation plan information as of December 31, 2009:

 

Plan Category

   (A)
Number of
Securities to
be Issued
Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and Rights
    (B)
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and Rights
   (C)
Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available for
Future
Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans
(Excluding
Securities
Reflected in
Column (A))
 

Equity Compensation Plans approved by security holders(1)

   2,676,722 (2)    $ 62.42    6,748,820 (3) 

 

(1) This table includes information for an equity compensation plan adopted in connection with our separation from Moody’s Corporation. As of December 31, 2009, a total of 8,261 shares of our common stock were issuable upon exercise of outstanding options and other rights under those two plans. The weighted average exercise price of those outstanding options and other rights is $9.08 per share. No additional options or other rights may be granted under these plans.

 

(2) Includes options to purchase 2,581,602 shares of our common stock, restricted stock units with respect to 89,800 shares of our common stock, 2,421 accrued dividend units and deferred performance shares of 2,949 shares of our common stock. This amount does not include 330,813 outstanding shares of restricted common stock.

 

(3) Includes shares available for future purchases under our ESPP. As of December 31, 2009, an aggregate of 606,564 shares of our common stock were available for purchase under the ESPP.

 

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

The information required to be furnished by this Item 13. “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence,” is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy Statement.

 

138


Table of Contents
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required to be furnished by this Item 14. “Principal Accountant Fees and Services,” is incorporated herein by reference from our Proxy Statement.

 

139


Table of Contents

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) List of documents filed as part of this report.

(1) Financial Statements.

See Index to Financial Statements and Schedules in Part II, Item 8. on this Form 10-K.

(2) Financial Statement Schedules.

None.

(3) Exhibits.

See Index to Exhibits in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(b) Exhibits.

See Index to Exhibits in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

140


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 25, 2010.

 

The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (Registrant)
By:   /S/    SARA MATHEW
  Sara Mathew
  President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on February 25, 2010.

 

/S/    SARA MATHEW

Sara Mathew

   Director, President and Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer)

/S/    ANASTASIOS G. KONIDARIS

Anastasios G. Konidaris

   Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)

/S/    ANTHONY PIETRONTONE JR.

Anthony Pietrontone Jr.

   Principal Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller

/S/    AUSTIN A. ADAMS

Austin A. Adams

   Director

/S/    JOHN W. ALDEN

John W. Alden

   Director

/S/    STEVEN W. ALESIO

Steven W. Alesio

   Chairman of the Board

/S/    CHRISTOPHER J. COUGHLIN

Christopher J. Coughlin

   Director

/S/    JAMES N. FERNANDEZ

James N. Fernandez

   Director

/S/    JONATHAN J. JUDGE

Jonathan J. Judge

   Director

/S/    VICTOR A. PELSON

Victor A. Pelson

   Director

/S/    SANDRA E. PETERSON

Sandra E. Peterson

   Director

/S/    MICHAEL R. QUINLAN

Michael R. Quinlan

   Director

/S/    NAOMI O. SELIGMAN

Naomi O. Seligman

   Director

 

Michael J. Winkler

   Director

 

141


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

3.    Articles of Incorporation and By-laws
     3.1    Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended effective October 1, 2000 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed October 4, 2000) and Certificate of Designation for the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as Exhibit A to the Rights Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2000, between the Registrant (f.k.a. The New D&B Corporation) and Computershare Limited (f.k.a. EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.), as Rights Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A, file number 1-15967, filed September 15, 2000).
     3.2    The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation Certificate of Designation of Series B Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, file number 1-15967, filed February 24, 2009).
     3.3    Third Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed December 11, 2009).
4.    Instruments Defining the Rights of Security Holders, Including Indentures
     4.1    Specimen Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 10, file number 1-15967, filed September 11, 2000).
     4.2    Rights Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2000, between the Registrant (f.k.a. The New D&B Corporation) and Computershare Limited (f.k.a. EquiServe Trust Company, N.A.), as Rights Agent, which includes the Certificate of Designation for the Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock as Exhibit A thereto, the Form of Right Certificate as Exhibit B thereto and the Summary of Rights to Purchase Preferred Shares as Exhibit C thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 to the Registrant’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A, file number 1-15967, filed September 15, 2000).
     4.3    Notice of Removal of Rights Agent and Appointment of Successor Rights Agent and Amendment No. 1 to the Rights Agreement, dated July 29, 2009 among the Registrant, ComputerShare Trust Company, N.A., and Mellon Investor Services LLC (incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 5, 2009).
     4.4    Underwriting Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2008 among The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed April 1, 2008).
     4.5    Form of 6.00% Senior Notes due 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed April 1, 2008).
     4.6    Five-Year Credit Agreement, dated April 19, 2007, among The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, the Borrowing Subsidiaries Party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Administrative Agent, Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi Trust Company and Citicorp USA, Inc., as Syndication Agents, The Bank of New York and Suntrust Bank, as Documentation Agents and the Lenders Party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed April 19, 2007).

 

142


Table of Contents
     4.7    Indenture, dated as of March 14, 2006, between the Dun & Bradstreet Corporation and The Bank of New York, including the Form of 5.50% Senior Notes due 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed March 14, 2006).
10.    Material Contracts
   10.1    Distribution Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2000, between Moody’s Corporation (f.k.a. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation) and the Registrant (f.k.a. The New D&B Corporation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed October 4, 2000).
   10.2    Tax Allocation Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2000, between Moody’s Corporation (f.k.a. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation) and the Registrant (f.k.a. The New D&B Corporation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed October 4, 2000).
   10.3    Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of September 30, 2000, between Moody’s Corporation (f.k.a. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation) and the Registrant (f.k.a. The New D&B Corporation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed October 4, 2000).
   10.4    Undertaking of the Registrant (f.k.a. The New D&B Corporation), dated September 30, 2000, to Cognizant Corporation and ACNielsen Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed October 4, 2000).
   10.5    Undertaking of the Registrant (f.k.a. The New D&B Corporation), dated September 30, 2000, to R.H. Donnelley Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed October 4, 2000).
   10.6    Distribution Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1998, between R.H. Donnelley Corporation (f.k.a. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation) and Moody’s Corporation (f.k.a. The New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Moody’s Corporation, file number 1-14037, filed August 14, 1998).
   10.7    Tax Allocation Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1998, between R.H. Donnelley Corporation (f.k.a. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation) and Moody’s Corporation (f.k.a. The New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Moody’s Corporation, file number 1-14037, filed August 14, 1998).
   10.8    Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of June 30, 1998, between R.H. Donnelley Corporation (f.k.a. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation) and Moody’s Corporation (f.k.a. The New Dun & Bradstreet Corporation) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Moody’s Corporation, file number 1-14037, filed August 14, 1998).
   10.9    Distribution Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1996, among R.H. Donnelley Corporation (f.k.a. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation), Cognizant Corporation and ACNielsen Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(x) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of R.H. Donnelley Corporation (f.k.a. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation) for the year ended December 31, 1996, file number 1-7155, filed March 27, 1997).
   10.10    Tax Allocation Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1996, among R.H. Donnelley Corporation (f.k.a. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation), Cognizant Corporation and ACNielsen Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(y) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of R.H. Donnelley Corporation (f.k.a. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation) for the year ended December 31, 1996, file number 1-7155, filed March 27, 1997).

 

143


Table of Contents
   10.11    Employee Benefits Agreement, dated as of October 28, 1996, among R.H. Donnelley Corporation (f.k.a. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation), Cognizant Corporation and ACNielsen Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(z) to the Annual Report on Form 10-K of R.H. Donnelley Corporation (f.k.a. The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation) for the year ended December 31, 1996, file number 1-7155, filed March 27, 1997).
   10.12    Business Process Services Agreement made and effective as of October 15, 2004 by and between the Company and International Business Machines Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, file number 1-15967, filed March 14, 2005). This Exhibit has been redacted pursuant to a confidentiality request under Rule 24(b)-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
   10.13    Technology Services Agreement between the Registrant and Computer Sciences Corporation, dated June 27, 2002 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed August 13, 2002).
   10.14^    Global Master Services Agreement by and between Dun & Bradstreet, Inc. and Acxiom Corporation, dated July 27, 2006 (Amended and Restated as of June 2, 2008), together with Amendment Number One, thereto, dated November 30, 2008, and Amendment Number Two, thereto, dated May 6, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Amended Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A, file number 1-15967, filed October 8, 2009).
   10.15^    Statement of Work Number 9 under the Global Master Services Agreement by and between Dun & Bradstreet, Inc. and Acxiom Corporation, dated May 6, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Amended Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q/A, file number 1-15967, filed October 8, 2009).
   10.16†    Form of Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed August 4, 2006).
   10.17†    Employment Agreement, dated December 31, 2004, between Steven W. Alesio and the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed January 4, 2005).
   10.18†    Amendment No. 1 to the Employment Agreement between Steven W. Alesio and the Company, dated June 29, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed August 7, 2007).
   10.19†    Amendment No. 2 to the Employment Agreement between Steven W. Alesio and the Company, dated December 13, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed December 19, 2007).
   10.20†    Amendment No. 3 to the Employment Agreement between Steven W. Alesio and the Company, dated December 8, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed December 9, 2008).
   10.21†    Amendment No. 4 to the Employment Agreement between Steven W. Alesio and the Company, dated December 11, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed December 11, 2009).
   10.22†    The Dun & Bradstreet Executive Transition Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
   10.23†    Forms of Change in Control Severance Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed May 5, 2006).

 

144


Table of Contents
    10.24†    Forms of Change in Control Severance Agreements (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
    10.25†    The Dun & Bradstreet Career Transition Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
    10.26†    Executive Retirement Plan of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
   10.27*†    First Amendment to the Executive Retirement Plan of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009), effective August 4, 2009.
    10.28*†    Second Amendment to the Executive Retirement Plan of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009), effective January 1, 2010.
    10.29†    Pension Benefit Equalization Plan of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
   10.30*†    First Amendment to the Pension Benefit Equalization Plan of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation (as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009), effective August 4, 2009.
    10.31†    Supplemental Executive Benefit Plan of The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, as amended May 1, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed May 4, 2007).
    10.32†    2000 Dun & Bradstreet Corporation Non-Employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
    10.33†    The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
    10.34†    The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
    10.35†    The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed May 7, 2009).
    10.36†    Key Employees’ Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
    10.37†    The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, file number 1-15967, filed March 28, 2003).
    10.38†    2000 Dun & Bradstreet Corporation Replacement Plan for Certain Directors Holding Dun & Bradstreet Corporation Equity-Based Awards (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 14, 2000).

 

145


Table of Contents
   10.39†    2000 Dun & Bradstreet Corporation Replacement Plan for Certain Employees Holding Dun & Bradstreet Corporation Equity-Based Awards (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 14, 2000).
   10.40†    The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation Non-Funded Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors (as assumed by the Registrant) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to Moody’s Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-14037, filed October 20, 1999).
   10.41†    Form of Limited Stock Appreciation Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 to Moody’s Corporation Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-14037, filed August 14, 1998).
   10.42†    The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation Covered Employee Cash Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed May 5, 2006).
   10.43†    The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation Cash Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.36 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, file number 1-15967, filed February 21, 2001).
   10.44†    Form of Detrimental Conduct Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed May 5, 2006).
   10.45†    Form of International Stock Option Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.35 to the Registrants’ Form 10-K, file number 1-15967, filed February 28, 2007).
   10.46†    Form of International Stock Option Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
   10.47†    Form of International Stock Option Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed May 7, 2009).
   10.48†    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed March 2, 2005).
   10.49†    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
   10.50†    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed May 7, 2009).
   10.51*†    Stock Option Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, dated February 11, 2010, between the Registrant and Steven W. Alesio.
   10.52†    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed March 2, 2005).

 

146


Table of Contents
   10.53†    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed February 24, 2010).
   10.54*†    Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, dated February 11, 2010, between the Registrant and Steven W. Alesio.
   10.55†    Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, dated March 1, 2010, between the Registrant and Steven W. Alesio (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed February 24, 2010).
   10.56†    Form of International Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, effective February 23, 2007, under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, file number 1-15967, filed February 28, 2007).
   10.57†    Form of International Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
   10.58†    Form of International Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed May 7, 2009).
   10.59†    Form of International Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended February 18, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed February 24, 2010).
   10.60†    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed March 2, 2005).
   10.61†    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement, effective February 23, 2007, under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, file number 1-15967, filed February 28, 2007).
   10.62†    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2000 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
   10.63†    Form of Restricted Stock Award Agreement under The Dun & Bradstreet Corporation 2009 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed May 7, 2009).
   10.64†    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2000 Non-employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed March 2, 2005).
   10.65†    Form of Stock Option Award Agreement, effective January 29, 2008, under the 2000 Non-employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.44 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, file number 1-15967, filed February 25, 2008).
   10.66†    Form of Restricted Share Unit Award Agreement under the 2000 Non-employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed December 8, 2004).

 

147


Table of Contents
   10.67†    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2000 Non-employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K, file number 1-15967, filed March 2, 2005).
   10.68†    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, effective February 23, 2007, under the 2000 Non-employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, file number 1-15967, filed February 28, 2007).
   10.69†    Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 2000 Non-employee Directors’ Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated effective January 1, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, file number 1-15967, filed November 6, 2008).
21.    Subsidiaries of the Registrant
   21.1*    Subsidiaries of the Registrant as of December 31, 2009.
23.    Consents of Experts and Counsel
   23.1*    Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
31.    Rule 13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) Certifications
   31.1*    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
   31.2*    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15(d)-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
32.    Section 1350 Certifications
   32.1*    Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
   32.2*    Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

* Filed herewith

 

Represents a management contract or compensatory plan

 

^ Portions of this Exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

148